As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2009

No. 333-161381

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 5

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

HealthPort, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

7389

27-0717051

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

925 North Point Parkway

Suite 350

Alpharetta, Georgia 30005

(770) 670-2150

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Michael J. Labedz

President and Chief Executive Officer

HealthPort, Inc.

925 North Point Parkway

Suite 350

Alpharetta, Georgia 30005

(770) 670-2150

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

Joshua N. Korff, Esq.

Jason K. Zachary, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

Wayne D. Boberg, Esq.

Matthew F. Bergmann, Esq.

Winston & Strawn LLP

35 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

(312) 558-5600

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).


Large accelerated filer ¨	Accelerated filer ¨	Non-accelerated filer x	Smaller reporting company ¨
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Amount to be Registered(1)	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share(2)	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)	Amount of Registration Fee(2)(3)
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share	6,900,000 shares	$16.00	$110,400,000	$6,161

(1)	Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase from us to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2)	Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)	Previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

HealthPort, Inc., the registrant whose name appears on the cover page of this registration statement, is a newly formed Delaware corporation. Shares of common stock of HealthPort, Inc. are being offered by this prospectus. We were formed solely for the purpose of reorganizing the organizational structure of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC in order for the registrant to be a corporation rather than a limited liability company. On November 13, 2009, each member of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC contributed all of their equity interests in CT Technologies Holdings, LLC to us in return for our common stock and senior preferred stock. As a result, CT Technologies Holdings, LLC became our wholly-owned subsidiary. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem in whole our senior preferred stock. The consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial data included in this prospectus are those of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and do not give effect to the corporate reorganization.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated November 13, 2009

PROSPECTUS

HealthPort, Inc.

LOGO

6,000,000 Shares

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of HealthPort, Inc. We are offering 6,000,000 shares of our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “HPRT.”

After this offering, ABRY Partners, LLC, through its affiliated funds, will own approximately 56% of our common stock. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock and the remaining net proceeds for the repayment of a portion of our outstanding indebtedness.

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 900,000 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

Delivery of the shares of common stock in book-entry form only will be made on or about , 2009.


Deutsche Bank Securities		William Blair & Company



Raymond James		Needham & Company, LLC

The date of this prospectus is , 2009.

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

We have a number of registered trademarks, including our corporate blue and grey logo and design. Solely for convenience, we refer to our trademarks in this prospectus without the™ and^® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks. This prospectus may contain trademarks and trade names of other companies. All trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes market share and industry data and forecasts that we have obtained or developed from independent consultant reports, publicly-available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data and estimates. This includes information relating to the healthcare industry from several independent outside sources, including International Data Corp., Frost & Sullivan, the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, the American Health Information Management Association and various other governmental agencies. See “Business.”

Our internal data, estimates and forecasts are based upon information obtained from our customers, partners, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

We are a newly formed Delaware corporation that has not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to our formation and the preparation of this registration statement. We were formed solely for the purpose of reorganizing the organizational structure of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC in order for the registrant to be a corporation rather than a limited liability company. On November 13, 2009, each member of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC contributed all of their equity interests in CT Technologies Holdings, LLC to us in return for our common stock and senior preferred stock. As a result, CT Technologies Holdings, LLC became our wholly-owned subsidiary. We refer to the foregoing as our corporate reorganization. Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, (i) the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” “our business” and “Successor” refer to HealthPort, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity, giving effect to our corporate reorganization and (ii) the term “Predecessor” or “Companion” refers to Companion Technologies Corporation. See “— Our Corporate Structure.” Certain differences in the numbers in the tables and text throughout this prospectus may exist due to rounding.

Our Business

We are a leading provider of healthcare information services and technology solutions to approximately 1,900 hospitals and health systems and 8,000 independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics. Our primary business is providing outsourced technology-enabled release-of-information services to our customers, which we refer to as ROI. ROI is the process by which information contained in patient health records is requested by and provided to authorized requestors such as attorneys, insurance companies, government agencies and others. We believe we are the largest provider of ROI services with a market share of approximately 20%, and utilize our expertise and technology to fulfill requests for health records in an accurate, regulatory-compliant and timely manner. Our ROI services enable our customers to reduce staffing levels associated with these time-consuming and labor-intensive healthcare information functions, allowing them to increase their focus on patient care, and to more effectively comply with increasingly complex and cumbersome regulatory requirements. We also provide other software and services which complement our ROI services, including recovery audit compliance solutions, revenue cycle management software, healthcare coding and consulting services and physician practice management software.

imaging and electronically transfer the requested health record via an encrypted Internet-based channel to our centralized data center, from which we are able to deliver the information in either electronic or paper-based form based on the requestor’s preferred medium.

Healthcare providers are required by law to provide ROI services. We estimate, based upon publicly available market information, the total market for ROI services to be approximately $1.2 billion, of which we estimate approximately $500 million relates to hospitals and health systems and $700 million relates to independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics. We estimate that approximately two-thirds of these services are performed using internal resources, while one-third is outsourced to third-party vendors. We believe we are the largest outsourced ROI provider with approximately 70% of the outsourced market. Requestors pay the healthcare provider or outsourced service provider for retrieval and delivery of the health record directly, in accordance with a fee schedule typically established by state regulation. As a result, unlike healthcare providers, we are not affected by changes in regulated reimbursement rates by commercial payers, Medicare or Medicaid. We believe that the complexity of healthcare regulation, as well as recent federal initiatives to control the rising cost of healthcare through the elimination of administrative and clinical inefficiencies, will significantly increase the adoption of healthcare information systems and promote the use of electronic transactions and further utilization of our outsourced services and solutions.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, we generated net revenue of $188.2 million and incurred a net loss of $49.8 million. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, we generated pro forma net revenue of $242.1 million and incurred a pro forma loss from continuing operations of $59.2 million, inclusive of the September 2008 acquisition of ChartOne, Inc., or ChartOne, as if acquired on January 1, 2008. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we generated net revenue of $193.2 million and incurred a net loss of $8.9 million. Our board of directors and management also use Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, as one of the primary measures for planning and forecasting overall expectations and for evaluating, on at least a quarterly and annual basis, our financial performance. See page 12 for a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA, an accompanying presentation of the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure and a reconciliation of the differences between Adjusted EBITDA and the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Our Services and Solutions

We conduct our operations through two business segments: Release-of-Information Services and Software and Other Services. All of our services and solutions are supported by our proprietary technology platform. This infrastructure provides for connectivity between us, our hospital, health system and physician clinic customers, health record requestors and other constituents. In addition, it allows for functionality developed in our software and other services segment to be leveraged in our ROI services to enhance the value proposition to our customers.

Release-of-Information Services

We offer ROI services on an outsourced basis to hospitals, health systems and physician clinics. Our centralized operating model coupled with our proprietary technology platform enable us to offer important benefits to our ROI customers, including expedited response times

and high service levels. We provide user-friendly, secure on-line tracking functionality for both requestors and customers with extensive reporting capabilities. We also offer the ability for qualified requestors to access their health record requests on-line, and our flexible platform allows most electronic health record, or EHR, systems to integrate into our proprietary technology. To accommodate paper-based requests, our centralized data center uses an automated document processing system. This system performs address verification and electronic pre-sort functions, produces postage statements and prints, packages and seals the requested materials, resulting in high efficiency levels.

Software and Other Services

Our software and other services segment provides solutions that complement our ROI services, including recovery audit contractor, or RAC, compliance solutions, revenue cycle management, or RCM, software, healthcare coding and consulting services and physician practice management software. Our RAC solution allows our customers to prepare for and comply with a new Medicare payment recovery system that is being phased in and is scheduled for nationwide implementation in 2010, helping them track and organize health record requests, coding, billing, reviews and all associated paperwork. Our RCM software enables healthcare providers to ensure that payment is properly received for the medical services provided to patients. Our healthcare coding and consulting services include compliance expertise with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, data management, compliance auditing, education, master patient index classification and medical coding. Our practice management software assists physician practices with administrative tasks such as patient information tracking, appointment scheduling and billing.

Our Strengths

Leading Market Position. We believe we are the largest ROI service provider to the healthcare industry with approximately 20% of the ROI services market. We believe that approximately two-thirds of ROI services are performed using internal resources and the remaining one-third is outsourced to third-party vendors. We believe we are the largest outsourced ROI provider with approximately 70% of the outsourced market. The remaining portion of the market is highly fragmented, consisting primarily of regional and local providers. As a result of increased legislative complexity and cost containment initiatives, we believe healthcare providers are increasingly adopting an outsourced strategy.

Advanced ROI Services. Our centralized operating model, combined with our proprietary technology platform, is unique to the outsourced ROI industry and allows for greater efficiencies and accuracy in processing health information requests. We employ on-site digital imaging, which enables requested health records to be transmitted electronically to our centralized data center, driving significant economies of scale.

Compelling Value Proposition. We offer a compelling value proposition for hospitals, health systems and physician clinics by allowing these healthcare providers to reduce staffing levels associated with time-consuming and labor-intensive healthcare information management functions. A reduced administrative burden allows our customers to focus on patient care and more effectively comply with complex regulatory requirements.

Highly Predictable Revenue Model. We operate a highly predictable and non-cyclical business model, and our ROI customer retention rates have historically exceeded 95%. In

addition, the majority of our ROI customers have entered into multi-year contracts with us, which typically generate recurring volumes of health record requests. In excess of 95% of our revenue are repeat or recurring in nature because of the contractual nature of our business.

Strong Cash Flow with Low Capital Requirements. Our business generates strong, stable cash flows as a result of our significant operating leverage, our relatively low working capital requirements and the modest capital expenditures needed to support our infrastructure. In addition, to the extent that we can generate pre-tax income in the future, we expect to be able to use our approximately $126 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, as of December 31, 2008, to offset our potential future taxable income, subject to federal tax limitations.

Diversified Customer Base. We serve approximately 1,900 hospitals and health systems and 8,000 independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics, with no single customer accounting for more than 1% of our revenue. In addition, our customers are also highly diversified by geography, type and size, with customers ranging from national hospital systems and academic institutions to small rural clinics.

Experienced Management Team. We have assembled a highly experienced management team. Our senior management team averages more than 20 years of healthcare industry experience.

Our Growth Strategy

Increase Penetration of ROI Services Market. We believe that the overall trend towards outsourcing non-core functions across the healthcare industry will continue to apply to the outsourcing of the ROI process. The increasing complexity of healthcare legislation in combination with recent federal initiatives to control the rising cost of healthcare through the elimination of administrative and clinical inefficiencies will further accelerate the outsourcing trend and, we believe, increase the use of our outsourcing services by hospitals, health systems and physician clinics. We also believe that our proprietary technology and our ability to help our customers maintain regulatory compliance while reducing costs will continue to allow us to successfully differentiate our ROI services from those of our competitors and increase our market share.

Enhance Our Value Proposition through New Services and Solutions. We leverage our ROI services platform to develop and drive the adoption of new services and solutions within the healthcare information management function of our customers. Our long-standing customer relationships provide us with ongoing opportunities to examine our customers’ needs and to design and offer additional value-added services and solutions to address those needs.

Capitalize on Industry Trends. We believe that increasing regulatory complexity, advancements in information technology and the continued growth in the volume of health records will continue to drive ROI industry growth and will cause more healthcare providers to outsource ROI services.

Further Realize Efficiencies of Scale and Rationalize Costs to Improve Profitability. We evaluate and implement initiatives on an ongoing basis to improve our operating and financial performance through cost savings, productivity improvements and streamlining our operations by using new technologies.

Continue to Successfully Acquire and Integrate Businesses. We have grown our business both organically and through acquisitions and have successfully acquired and integrated multiple businesses across the ROI and healthcare information technology sectors. We intend to continue to selectively acquire businesses that will expand our services and solutions while enhancing value for our company.

Risk Factors

Investing in our company entails a high degree of risk, including those summarized below and those more fully described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 15 of this prospectus. You should consider carefully such risks before deciding to invest in our common stock. These risks include, among others:

•

our ability to retain existing customers;

•

our limited operating history in light of recent acquisitions and growth, including our lack of public company operating experience;

•

the integration of acquired businesses, the performance of acquired businesses and the prospects for future acquisitions;

•

our history of operating losses and ability to use net loss carryforwards;

•

competition in the markets in which we serve;

•

changes in prices set by various state legislatures and regulatory bodies;

•

our ability to increase market penetration in the in-sourced ROI services market;

•

departure of key executives;

•

changes in healthcare laws and regulations; and

•

the other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

Our Principal Stockholder

Following the completion of this offering, ABRY Partners, LLC, which we refer to as ABRY Partners, through its affiliated funds, will own approximately 56% of our outstanding common stock, or 54% if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised. This ownership of our shares by ABRY Partners will result in their ability to have a majority vote over fundamental and significant corporate matters and transactions. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure.”

Founded in 1989, ABRY Partners is a leading media, communications and information services-focused private equity investment firm. ABRY Partners invests in high quality companies and partners with management to help build their businesses. Since its founding, ABRY Partners has completed over $21.0 billion of transactions, including private equity, mezzanine and preferred equity placements, representing investments in approximately 450 businesses. ABRY Partners is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts.

Corporate Reorganization

As a result of the corporate reorganization, CT Technologies Holdings, LLC’s Series A and C shares were exchanged for 15,163,138 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, any outstanding Series B-1 and B-2 shares that vested on or prior to our corporate reorganization were exchanged for 1,433,371 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares of common stock issued in connection with our corporate reorganization will not be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price of our common stock. Holders of unvested Series B-1 and B-2 shares did not receive any consideration in connection with the corporate reorganization. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to issue 146,398 shares of restricted stock and stock options to exercise 2,036,200 shares of common stock to our directors and director nominees and certain other officers and key personnel. In addition, shares of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC’s senior preferred shares were exchanged for shares of our senior preferred stock. The senior preferred stock has substantially similar preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions as the senior preferred shares. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock. See “Corporate Reorganization” and “Description of Capital Stock — Senior Preferred Stock.”

For further information regarding the ownership of our common stock by our executive officers and members of our board of directors, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.”

Our Corporate Structure

The following chart indicates our corporate structure following our corporate reorganization and the offering contemplated by this prospectus.

LOGO

(1)	Each HealthPort entity in the chart above is a wholly-owned subsidiary of its respective parent.

Corporate and Other Information

We are a newly formed Delaware corporation that has not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to our formation and the preparation of this registration statement. Our principal executive offices are located at 925 North Point Parkway, Suite 350, Alpharetta, Georgia 30005 and our telephone number is (770) 670-2150. Our corporate website address is www.healthport.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

The Offering

Common stock offered by us

6,000,000 shares.

6,900,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their over- allotment option in full.

Total common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

22,596,509 shares.

23,496,509 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

Preferred stock outstanding

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Senior Preferred Stock.”

Principal stockholders

Upon completion of this offering, funds affiliated with ABRY Partners, LLC will own a controlling interest in us. We intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exception under the corporate governance rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market.

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $79.8 million, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to (i) redeem in whole our senior preferred stock, which amounts to approximately $43.8 million, including payment of the early redemption fee and (ii) repay approximately $36.0 million outstanding principal and accrued cash interest under our senior subordinated notes, including payment of an early prepayment fee. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, we intend to use any additional net proceeds to repay a portion of our borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and senior subordinated notes and for general corporate purposes, which we intend to use for the further repayment of borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Dividend policy

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We cannot pay any dividends on our common stock until we have redeemed and paid in full our senior preferred stock, which we intend to redeem in whole in connection with this offering. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also limited by the covenants of our senior secured credit facility and may be further restricted by the terms of any of our future debt or preferred securities. See “Dividend Policy.”

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed symbol for trading on The NASDAQ Global Market

“HPRT”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

•

gives effect to the corporate reorganization;

•

excludes 2,182,598 shares of restricted stock and stock options to be granted to our directors and director nominees and certain officers and key employees upon completion of this offering;

•

excludes 4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our omnibus incentive plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering; and

•

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial and other data for the periods and at the dates indicated. We derived the statements of operations data presented below for the period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006 (Predecessor) and years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 (Successor) from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 gives effect to the acquisition of ChartOne as if it occurred at the beginning of such period. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations data was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and is more fully presented in our pro forma consolidated financial information section beginning on page F-114 of this prospectus. We derived the statements of operations data and selected balance sheet data for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and the historical balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods. The interim results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of our future performance and do not reflect results for the year ending December 31, 2009 or for any other period.

On December 30, 2006, ABRY Partners and its co-investors, together with certain members of our board of directors, our executive officers and other members of management, through CT Technologies Holdings, LLC, acquired Companion Technologies Corporation. All periods prior to December 30, 2006 are referred to as Predecessor, and all periods including and after such date are referred to as Successor. There were no material operating results on December 31, 2006 as it fell on a Sunday. The consolidated financial statements for all Successor periods are not comparable to those of the Predecessor periods.

The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the receipt and application of $79.8 million of net proceeds to us from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” as if it had occurred as of September 30, 2009. The as adjusted balance sheet data is not necessarily indicative of what our financial position would have been if this offering had been completed as of the date indicated, nor is such data necessarily indicative of our financial position for any future date or period.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	(in thousands)
	Predecessor			Successor
	Period from January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006			Year Ended December 31,						Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2008			Nine Months Ended September 30,
				2007			2008			Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2008			2008			2009
										(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenue	$	38,267		$	102,369		$	188,169		$	242,077		$	127,722		$	193,190
Expenses:
Cost of services and products (exclusive of items shown separately below)		12,663			54,318			109,973			144,570			72,647			111,251
Bad debt expense (recovery)		(185	)		3,216			9,088			10,293			6,536			8,301
Selling, general and administrative		31,744			40,287			56,575			73,575			38,988			45,889
Depreciation and amortization		676			6,099			12,183			16,569			8,689			10,887
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		—			—			25,966			25,966			—			—

Total operating costs and expenses		44,898			103,920			213,785			270,973			126,860			176,328

Income (loss) from operations		(6,631	)		(1,551	)		(25,616	)		(28,896	)		862			16,862
Interest income (expense), net		60			(10,333	)		(20,906	)		(29,746	)		(13,214	)		(22,863	)
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps		—			7			(1,945	)		(1,945	)		—			(741	)
Equity in net gains of affiliates		1,426			—			—			—			—			—
Loss on transfer of investment in affiliate		(223	)		—			—			—			—			—

Loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit (expense)		(5,368	)		(11,877	)		(48,467	)		(60,587	)		(12,352	)		(6,742	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		853			5,258			1,409			1,387			(554	)		(1,574	)

Loss from continuing operations		(4,515	)		(6,619	)		(47,058	)		(59,200	)		(12,906	)		(8,316	)


Other Financial Data:
Adjusted EBITDA(1)	$	1,312		$	6,968		$	18,765		$	28,337		$	12,941		$	30,780


	Successor
	At September 30, 2009		As Adjusted At September 30, 2009
	(unaudited) (in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,191	$	2,191
Total assets		332,308		332,308
Total debt(2)		247,446		174,773
Total equity		32,277		113,566

(1)

We define Adjusted EBITDA as income (loss) from continuing operations before interest expense (income), income tax (expense) benefit, depreciation and amortization, impairment of intangible assets, non-cash equity-based compensation expense, severance expense, integration costs, amortization of capitalized software development (included in our cost of services and products) and other non-recurring and non-cash items. We use Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance on a consistent basis from period to period that, when viewed in combination with our results under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and the following reconciliation, we believe provides a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP measures alone. We believe Adjusted EBITDA assists our board of directors, management and investors in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis because it removes the impact of our capital structure (such as interest expense and acquisition costs), asset base (such as depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management team (such as income taxes), as well as other non-cash (such as purchase accounting adjustments, equity-based compensation expense and impairment of intangible assets) and non-recurring items (such as litigation expenses and acquisition costs), from our operations. Despite the importance of this measure in analyzing our business and evaluating our operating performance, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP; nor is Adjusted EBITDA intended to be a measure of liquidity or free cash flow for our discretionary use. Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA are:

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements to service interest or principal payments under our credit agreement;

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments we are required to make; and

•

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. We also strongly urge you to review the reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may differ from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of loss from continuing operations, a comparable GAAP-based measure, to Adjusted EBITDA. All of the items included in the reconciliation from loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA are either (i) non-cash items (such as depreciation and amortization, equity-based compensation expense, purchase accounting adjustments and impairment of intangible assets), (ii) items that management does not consider in assessing our on going operating performance (such as income taxes and interest expense) or (iii) non-recurring items. In the case of the non-cash items, management believes that investors can better assess our comparative operating performance because the measures without such items are less susceptible to variances in actual performance resulting from depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges and more reflective of other factors that affect operating performance. In the case of the other items, management believes that investors can better assess our operating performance if the measures are presented without these items because their financial impact does not reflect ongoing operating performance.

The following is a reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (in thousands):


	Predecessor			Successor
	Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006			December 31, 2007			December 31, 2008			December 31, 2008 Non-GAAP With Acquisition(a)			Nine Months Ended September 30,
	Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006			December 31, 2007			December 31, 2008			December 31, 2008 Non-GAAP With Acquisition(a)			2008			2009
										(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Loss from continuing operations	$	(4,515	)	$	(6,619	)	$	(47,058	)	$	(59,200	)	$	(12,906	)	$	(8,316	)
Depreciation and amortization		676			6,099			12,183			16,569			8,689			10,887
Amortization of capitalized software development		—			2,000			2,375			2,375			1,715			702
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		—			—			25,966			25,966			—			—
Interest expense, net		(60	)		10,333			20,906			29,746			13,214			22,863
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps		—			(7	)		1,945			1,945			—			741
Equity in net gains of affiliates		(1,426	)		—			—			—			—			—
Loss on transfer of investment in affiliate		223			—			—			—			—			—
Income tax (benefit) expense		(853	)		(5,258	)		(1,409	)		(1,387	)		554			1,574
Severance and integration costs(b)		7,267			—			3,314			11,780			1,542			1,768
Equity-based compensation expense		—			420			543			543			133			561

Adjusted EBITDA	$	1,312		$	6,968		$	18,765		$	28,337		$	12,941		$	30,780

(a)

The December 31, 2008 Non-GAAP With Acquisition reconciliation begins with loss from continuing operations. Our loss from continuing operations is presented in compliance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The Article 11 pro forma detailed calculation is presented on page F-114 of this prospectus. We reconcile loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe this non-GAAP financial measure is important to investors because it reflects the operations of a significant acquisition (ChartOne) as if it occurred on January 1, 2008. This non-GAAP financial measure has limitations and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

(b)

In the period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006, there was $7.3 million of integration-related costs associated with the acquisition of Companion from Blue Cross Blue Shield of South Carolina. Included in the $7.3 million is a Blue Cross Blue Shield allocation of $2.8 million as well as $4.5 million of expenses eliminated in conjunction with the acquisition on December 30, 2006.

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2008 Non-GAAP With Acquisition, and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, there were severance and integration costs relating to the integration of ChartOne of $3.3 million, $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Also included in the December 31, 2008 Non-GAAP With Acquisition period is an adjustment of $8.5 million relating to success bonuses to certain employees for the sale of ChartOne.

(2)

Total debt at September 30, 2009 includes long-term obligations, net of current portion, of $196.7 million, current portion of long-term obligations of $12.2 million and senior preferred shares of $38.6 million. Total debt as adjusted at September 30, 2009 includes long-term obligations, net of current portion, of $196.7 million, current portion of long-term obligations of $12.2 million and assumes the repayment in whole of the senior preferred shares and the repayment of $34.1 million of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes.

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves significant risks. You should carefully consider the risks set forth below, as well as other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually materialize, then our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer. In addition, there may be risks of which we are currently unaware or that we currently regard as immaterial based on the information available to us that later prove to be material. These risks may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. As a result, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business

If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

Our success depends substantially upon the retention of our customers. Although no single customer accounted for more than 1% of our revenue for fiscal year 2008, we may not be able to retain some of our existing customers if we are unable to achieve improved efficiencies and cost-effectiveness in providing our ROI services, effectively comply with a complex array of regulatory requirements, manage expenses associated with our customers’ health information management functions or successfully track and audit health record requests. We also may not be able to retain our customers if we do not fulfill health record requests promptly, fail to code properly or otherwise fail to meet the service standards of our customers or if our software solutions contain errors or otherwise fail to perform properly. Historically, we have benefited from high customer retention rates; however, we may not be able to maintain high customer retention rates in the future. The failure to maintain our existing customers may cause our revenue to decrease and our results from operations could suffer.

Our business may suffer as a result of our limited operating history in light of our recent acquisitions and growth and lack of public company operating experience.

We have grown rapidly in recent years, including through acquisitions, and have a limited operating history at our current scale of operations. We have developed our business over the past several years through acquisitions, including the acquisition of Smart Document Solutions, LLC, which we refer to as SDS, and ChartOne. Our SDS operations have only operated under our management since their acquisition in June 2007. Our ChartOne operations have only operated under our management since their acquisition in September 2008. In addition, we lack public company operating experience. Our limited operating history and lack of public company operating experience make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects. If we are unable to execute our business strategy and grow our business, either as a result of our inability to manage our current size, effectively manage the business in a public company environment or to manage our future growth through our acquisitions or for any other reason, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

Our business will suffer if we fail to successfully integrate acquired businesses and technologies or to appropriately assess the risks in particular transactions.

We have in the past acquired, and may in the future acquire, businesses, technologies, services, product lines and other assets. For example, in September 2008 we acquired our

largest competitor, ChartOne, and integrated its operations with our business. The successful integration of any businesses and assets we acquire into our operations, on a cost-effective basis, may be critical to our future performance. The amount and timing of the expected benefits of any acquisition, including potential synergies between our current business and the acquired business, are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those relating to:

•

our ability to maintain relationships with the customers of an acquired business;

•

the diversion of our management’s attention, as integrating the operations and assets of the acquired businesses will require a substantial amount of our management’s time;

•

our ability to sell services and software to customers with which we have established relationships and those with which the acquired businesses have established relationships;

•

the ability to achieve operating and financial synergies anticipated to result from the acquisitions;

•

our ability to retain or replace key personnel;

•

potential conflicts in customer, vendor or marketing relationships;

•

our ability to coordinate organizations that are geographically diverse and may have different business cultures; and

•

compliance with regulatory requirements.

Although our management attempts to evaluate the risks inherent in each transaction and to evaluate acquisition candidates appropriately, we may not properly ascertain all such risks and the acquired businesses and assets may not perform as we expect or enhance the value of our company as a whole. In addition, acquired companies or businesses may have larger-than-expected liabilities that are not covered by the indemnification, if any, that we are able to obtain from the sellers.

We have a history of operating losses and may suffer losses in the future.

We have incurred losses since our operations began on December 31, 2006. In each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we recorded net losses of approximately $7.4 million and $49.8 million, respectively. Our net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $8.9 million, and we may incur losses in the future.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards could be substantially limited in excess of existing limitations if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

As of December 31, 2008, our federal net operating loss carryforward was approximately $126 million subject to annual utilization limitations pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382. If not utilized, net operating loss carryforwards will expire between 2012 and 2028. Of the $126.0 million net operating loss carryforwards, approximately $100.0 million are subject to existing Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limitations. If we are unable to fully utilize our net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in the future, our results of operations could be materially and negatively impacted.

Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code contains rules that limit the ability of a company that undergoes an ownership change, which is generally any change in ownership of more than 50% of its stock over a three-year period, to use its net operating loss carryforwards and certain built-in losses recognized in years after the ownership change. These rules generally operate by focusing on ownership changes among stockholders owning directly or indirectly 5% or more of the stock of a company and any change in ownership arising from a new issuance of stock by the company.

If we undergo an ownership change for purposes of Section 382 as a result of future transactions involving our common stock, including purchases or sales of stock between 5% stockholders, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and to recognize certain built-in losses would be subject to additional limitations of Section 382. Generally, if an ownership change occurs, the yearly taxable income limitation on the use of net operating loss carryforwards and certain built-in losses is equal to the product of the applicable long-term tax exempt rate and the value of the company’s stock immediately before the ownership change. Depending on the resulting limitation, a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards could expire before we would be able to use them. Our inability to use our net operating loss carryforwards could have a negative impact on our financial position and results of operations.

We face significant competition for our services and solutions, and the majority of our addressable market, instead of using a third-party provider, performs internally some of the same services that we offer.

The markets for our various services and solutions are intensely competitive, continually evolving and subject to technological change. We face competition from many regional ROI service providers, healthcare information technology and service providers and other technology companies within our ROI services and our software and other services market segments. Many of our potential customers perform ROI services through their own staff and do not use outsourced service providers, which requires us to compete with our potential customers’ in-house staff for business. In February 2009, Congress passed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, which provides $20 billion to encourage the adoption and meaningful use of electronic health records systems. As hospitals, physician clinics and other providers adopt and utilize electronic health records systems, they may be able to perform the ROI functions internally and the need for our services may decrease. If we do not compete successfully for new customers, we will have limited growth and the price of our stock may suffer.

Our prices for the delivery of health records to requestors is typically set by state regulation or statute and is not determined by us.

Our prices for the delivery of health records to requestors are typically established by statute or regulation by the state where the customer is located and are only subject to change by the various state legislatures or regulatory bodies. In addition, the Social Security Administration establishes prices for the delivery of health records that it requests, which are typically below the prices set by the various state legislatures or regulatory bodies. Requestors may seek reimbursement from us if we inadvertently charge a price that exceeds the price established by statute, state regulation or the Social Security Administration. In addition, if these regulated prices are decreased or if any increases in our future costs exceed future increases in the regulated prices, our business would be less profitable and our results of operation would be adversely affected.

If we are not able to increase market penetration of hospitals, health systems and physician clinics who currently conduct the ROI function internally, or offer new and valuable services and solutions, we may not be able to increase sales and our revenue and results of operations may suffer.

We must increase the use of outsourced ROI services by hospitals, health systems and physician clinics who currently use their own personnel to perform the ROI function and we must continue to improve the functionality of our existing services and solutions in a timely manner and introduce new solutions in order to attract new customers and retain existing

customers. We may not be successful in convincing hospitals, health systems and physician clinics to use our outsourced ROI services rather than continuing with their in-house operations. Further, the pace of change in the markets we serve is rapid, and our competitors regularly introduce new products and services. Our failure to increase market utilization of outsourced ROI services or our failure to improve the functionality of our existing services and solutions or introduce new solutions, could result in little or no growth for our business, which could cause our financial results to suffer and result in depressing the price of our common stock after we have completed this offering.

We are dependent on the continued service of key executives, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business.

Our performance is substantially dependent on the performance of our senior management team, including Michael Labedz, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Brian Grazzini, our Chief Financial Officer. We have entered into agreements with each member of our senior management team that restrict their ability to compete with us should they decide to leave our company. Even though we have entered into these agreements, we cannot be sure that any member of our senior management team will remain with us or that they will not compete with us in the future. The loss of any member of our senior management team could impair our ability to execute our business plan and growth strategy, cause us to lose customers and reduce revenue, or lead to employee morale problems and/or the loss of key employees.

Our success depends in part on our ability to identify, recruit and retain skilled management and technical personnel. If we fail to recruit and retain suitable candidates or if our relationship with our employees changes or deteriorates, there could be an adverse affect on our business.

Our future success depends upon our continuing ability to identify, attract, hire and retain highly qualified personnel, including skilled technical, management, service, technology and sales and marketing personnel, all of whom are in high demand and are often subject to competing offers. Competition for qualified personnel in the healthcare information technology and services industry is intense, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to hire or retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel to meet our requirements, or that we will be able to do so at salary, benefit and other compensation costs that are acceptable to us. A loss of a substantial number of qualified employees, or an inability to attract, retain and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for expansion of our business, could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, while approximately 30 of our employees are currently unionized, additional unionization of our employees is possible in the future. Such unionizing activities could be costly to address and, if successful, would likely adversely impact our operations.

Disruptions in service or damages to our centralized data center, or other software or systems failures, could adversely affect our business.

Our centralized data center is essential to our business. Our operations depend upon our ability to maintain and protect our computer systems, most of which are located in our centralized data center that we operate in Alpharetta, Georgia. We maintain insurance against fires, floods, other natural disasters and general business interruptions to mitigate the adverse effects of a disruption, relocation or change in operating environment at our data center; however, the situations and the amount of insurance coverage may not be adequate in any particular case. The occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays or cessations in service to our customers, which could impair or prohibit our ability to provide our services and solutions, reduce the attractiveness of our services and solutions to our customers and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Disruption of our computer systems by break-ins, hackers, improper access, computer viruses or other attacks could result in service interruptions for our customers, which could increase our costs to comply with federal regulations and adversely effect our business.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our technology or systems that we interface with, including the Internet and related systems, may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks, terrorist attacks or other attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. Any of these can cause system failure, including network, software or hardware failure, which can result in service disruptions or increased response time for our services and solutions. In addition, as part of ARRA, Congress amended the healthcare privacy and security provisions of HIPAA. HIPAA imposes limitations on the use and disclosure of an individual’s healthcare information on healthcare providers, healthcare clearinghouses, and health insurance plans, collectively referred to as covered entities. The HIPAA amendments also impose these limitations and the corresponding penalties for non-compliance on individuals and entities that provide services to healthcare providers and other covered entities, collectively referred to as business associates. ARRA also made significant increases in the penalties for improper use or disclosure of an individual’s health information under HIPAA. The amendments also create notification requirements for individuals whose health information has been accessed, which in some cases may include public notice requirements. Notification is not required under HIPAA if the health information accessed is deemed secured in accordance with encryption and other standards to be developed by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS. We are subject to HIPAA as a healthcare clearinghouse and as a business associate. As a result, we may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches and hackers or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches.

Unsuccessful implementation of our services and solutions with our customers may harm our future financial success.

In connection with the implementation of our services and solutions with new customers, we may encounter unanticipated difficulties and delays as a result of failure by us or by the customer to meet respective implementation responsibilities. If the customer implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, our relationships with some of our customers may be adversely impacted and our results of operations will be impacted negatively. In addition, cancellation of any implementation of our services and solutions after it has begun may involve loss to us of time, effort and resources invested in the cancelled implementation as well as lost opportunity for acquiring other customers over that same period of time. The costs and lost future revenue associated with an implementation failure could adversely effect our financial results.

Our business involves the use, transmission and storage of personal health information and the failure to properly safeguard such information could result in significant liability and possible damages.

Our business activities involve the use, transmission and storage of personal health information. ARRA substantially increases penalties for improper use or disclosure of an individual’s health information and makes healthcare clearinghouses and business associates, such as us, as well as our customers, liable for such penalties under HIPAA. ARRA authorizes states’ attorneys general to enforce HIPAA requirements and recover penalties. In addition, ARRA requires a covered entity to notify individuals whose health information has been accessed. If the disclosure or breach involves individuals that cannot be located and the breach involves 10 or more individuals, or if the breach involves the information of more than 500

individuals, public notice is required. If improper disclosure is caused by one of our employees or results from a breach of our computer systems or data center, we could be subject to substantial liability to the government or to the individual whose information has been disclosed. We may also be subject to substantial liability to our customers for penalties they owe to the government and possibly for damages to them for their loss of reputation as a result of negative publicity. Accordingly, security breaches of our computer systems or data center could expose us to a risk of loss or litigation, government enforcement actions and contractual liabilities. Although we have contractual provisions attempting to limit our liability in these areas, we cannot assure you that they will be successful or enforceable, or that other parties will accept such contractual provisions as part of our agreements. Moreover, these contractual provisions would not protect us against enforcement by federal or state governments. Any security breaches also could impact our ability to provide our services and solutions, as well as impact the confidence of our customers in our services and solutions, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We attempt to limit, by contract, our liability for damages arising from our negligence, errors, mistakes or security breaches. However, contractual limitations on liability may not be enforceable or may otherwise not provide sufficient protection to us from liability for damages, especially in light of new HIPAA provisions. We maintain liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors and omissions. It is possible, however, that claims could exceed the amount of our applicable insurance coverage, if any, or that this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against them could be expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations. In addition, negative publicity caused by these events may harm our reputation and our business.

If the protection of our intellectual property is inadequate, our competitors may gain access to our technology or confidential information and we may lose our competitive advantage.

Our success as a company depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections. We use internal and external measures to protect our proprietary software and confidential information. Such measures include contractual protections with employees, contractors and customers, as well as U.S. copyright laws.

We protect the intellectual property in our software with customary contractual protections in our agreements that impose restrictions on our customers’ ability to use such software, such as prohibiting reverse engineering and limiting the use of copies. We also seek to avoid disclosure of our intellectual property by relying on non-disclosure and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees and consultants that acknowledge our ownership of all intellectual property developed by the individual during the course of his or her work with us. The agreements also require each person to maintain the confidentiality of all proprietary information disclosed to them. Other parties may not comply with the terms of their agreements with us, and we may not be able to enforce our rights adequately against these parties. The disclosure to, or independent development by, a competitor of any trade secret, know-how or other technology that is competitive with our business could materially adversely affect any competitive advantage we may have over any such competitor.

We cannot assure you that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate to deter misappropriation of our rights or that we will be able to detect unauthorized uses and take timely and effective steps to enforce our rights. If unauthorized uses

of our intellectual property were to occur, we might be required to engage in costly and time-consuming litigation to enforce these rights. We cannot assure you that we would prevail in any such litigation. If others were able to use our intellectual property, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health, harm our ability to react to changes to our business and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

As of September 30, 2009, after giving effect to the completion of this offering and application of our net proceeds therefrom, we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $174.8 million. Based on that level of indebtedness and interest rates applicable at September 30, 2009 our annual interest expense would have been $17.7 million. Although we believe that our current cash flows will be sufficient to cover our annual interest expense, any increase in the amount of our indebtedness or any decline in the amount of cash available to make interest payments could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of such actions on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our indebtedness could limit our ability to:

•

obtain necessary additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes in the future;

•

plan for, or react to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

•

make future acquisitions or pursue other business opportunities; and

•

react in an extended economic downturn.

Despite our current indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more debt. The incurrence of additional debt could increase the risks associated with our substantial leverage, including our ability to service our indebtedness. In addition, because borrowings under our credit agreement bear interest at a variable rate, our interest expense could increase, exacerbating these risks. For instance, assuming an aggregate principal balance of $132.3 million outstanding under our variable rate borrowings, which was the amount outstanding as of September 30, 2009, giving effect to the application of net proceeds from this offering, a 1% increase in the interest rate we are charged on our debt would increase our annual interest expense by $1.3 million.

Recent events in the credit markets may affect our ability to refinance our existing debt or obtain additional debt financing on acceptable terms.

We may need or seek additional financing in the future to either refinance our existing indebtedness, fund our operations, fund acquisitions or strategic relationships, develop or enhance our technological infrastructure and our existing services and solutions or implement other projects. Our senior secured credit facility matures on September 22, 2013; therefore, we do not have near-term impending maturity on our senior secured credit facility. However, given the state of the current credit environment resulting from, among other things, the general weakening of the global economy, it may be difficult to refinance our existing indebtedness or obtain any such additional financing on acceptable terms, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, including our results of operations and/or business plans. In addition, if as a result of the current conditions in the credit markets any of the lenders participating in our revolving credit facility are unable to fund borrowings under such facility, our liquidity could be adversely affected.

The terms of our credit agreement and our note purchase agreement may restrict our current and future operations, which would adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

Our credit agreement and our note purchase agreement contain, and any future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

•

incur additional debt;

•

issue preferred stock;

•

create liens;

•

create or incur contingent obligations;

•

engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock;

•

enter into sale-leaseback transactions;

•

make investments and acquisitions;

•

enter into hedging arrangements;

•

make capital expenditures;

•

pay dividends and make other restricted payments;

•

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

•

transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions.

Our credit agreement and our note purchase agreement also require us to maintain certain financial ratios, including a maximum total leverage ratio, a senior leverage ratio, a minimum consolidated EBITDA and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. A failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios contained in our credit agreement or our note purchase agreement could result in an event of default under our credit agreement or our note purchase agreement which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. A change of control of our company is also an event of default under our credit agreement. Under our credit agreement, a change of control of our company will occur if, among other things, any person other than ABRY Partners or us or our subsidiaries acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the outstanding equity interests of us and at the time of the acquisition ABRY Partners does not collectively hold equity interests of us representing greater voting power in us than such person. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our credit agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable, require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these amounts and exercise other remedies as set forth in the credit agreement. If the indebtedness under our credit agreement or our note purchase agreement were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.

Recent developments in the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.

National healthcare reform is currently a major focus at the federal level, and congressional leaders are trying to pass legislation in 2009. There are currently numerous federal, state and private initiatives and studies seeking ways to increase the use of information technology in healthcare as a means of improving care and reducing costs. These initiatives may result in additional or costly legal and regulatory requirements that are applicable to us and our

customers, may encourage more companies to enter our markets, may provide advantages to our competitors and may result in the development of services and solutions that compete with ours.

Any such reforms or initiatives, whether private or governmental, may result in financial pressures on our customers or potential customers, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Even so, we believe we enable our customers to reduce internal costs, helping them respond to these and other financial pressures. Financial pressures on healthcare industry constituents could result from, among other things:

•

government regulation or private initiatives that affect the manner in which providers interact with patients, requestors or other healthcare industry constituents, including changes in pricing or means of delivery of healthcare services;

•

reductions in governmental funding for healthcare; and

•

adverse changes in business or economic conditions affecting payers or providers or other healthcare industry constituents.

Even if financial pressures on industry constituents remain the same or decrease, other developments in the healthcare industry may result in reduced spending on information technology and services or in some or all of the specific markets we serve or are planning to serve. In addition, our customers’ expectations regarding pending or potential industry developments may also affect their decision-making with respect to the types of services and solutions we provide.

The healthcare industry has changed significantly in recent years and we expect that significant changes will continue to occur. The timing and impact of developments in the healthcare industry are difficult to predict. We cannot be sure that the markets for our services and solutions will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and marketing resources to react to changes in those markets.

Government regulation creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and our business strategies.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. Many healthcare laws are complex, and their application to specific services and relationships may not be clear. In particular, many existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not anticipate the healthcare information services and solutions that we provide, and these laws and regulations may be applied to our services and solutions in ways that we do not anticipate. Federal and state legislatures and agencies periodically consider proposals to reform or revise aspects of the healthcare industry, including rates, or to revise or create additional statutory and regulatory requirements. Such proposals, if implemented, could impact our operations, the use of our services and solutions and our ability to market new services and solutions, or could create unexpected liabilities for us. We are unable to predict what changes to laws or regulations might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance.

We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with legal requirements applicable to us directly and to our customers, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or impacted by enforcement initiatives. Any determination by a court or agency that our services and solutions violate, or cause our customers to violate, these laws or regulations could subject us or our customers to civil or criminal penalties. Such a determination could also require us to change or terminate portions of our business, disqualify

us from serving customers who are or do business with government entities, or cause us to refund some or all of our service fees or otherwise compensate our requestors. In addition, failure to satisfy laws or regulations could adversely affect demand for our services and solutions and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities or private whistleblowers could result in loss of business, exposure to adverse publicity and injury to our reputation and could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract customers. Laws and regulations impacting our operations include the following:

•

HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security Requirements. There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to HIPAA established privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information and that require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Our operations as a healthcare clearinghouse are directly subject to the HIPAA privacy, security and transaction standards. In addition, our customers are directly subject to the standards and are required to enter into written agreements with us, known as business associate agreements, which require us to safeguard individually identifiable health information and restrict how we may use and disclose such information. Further, effective February 17, 2010, ARRA will extend the direct application of certain provisions of the security and privacy standards to us as we function as a business associate of our customers.

Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security standards may result in civil and criminal penalties, and ARRA has increased the penalties for HIPAA violations and strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA. Recently, enforcement activities have appeared to increase, and ARRA may further increase such enforcement activities. For example, ARRA authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations of HIPAA privacy and security regulations that threaten the privacy of state residents.

If we disclose patient records in our ROI activities to a person not legally authorized to receive them, pursuant to a defective authorization, or if our employees otherwise improperly disclose patient records we may be liable to our customer and the patient for substantial penalties.

ARRA also provides that the HHS must issue regulations later this year requiring covered entities to report certain security breaches to individuals affected by the breach and, in some cases, to HHS or to the public via a website or the media. This reporting obligation will apply broadly to breaches involving unsecured protected health information and will become effective 30 days from the date HHS issues these regulations. Effective February 17, 2010 or later, in the case of restrictions tied to the issuance of implementing regulations, ARRA will impose stricter limitations on certain types of uses and disclosures of individually identifiable health information, such as additional restrictions on marketing communications and the sale of individually identifiable health information.

In addition to the HIPAA privacy and security standards, most states have enacted patient confidentiality laws that protect against the disclosure of confidential medical information, and many states have adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards and data security breach notification requirements. Such state laws and regulations, if more stringent than the HIPAA standards, are not preempted by the federal requirements and may be applicable to us.

Further, some of our customers are subject to a new federal rule requiring financial institutions and creditors, which may include health providers and health plans, to implement identity theft prevention programs to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with customer accounts. We may be required to make changes to our operations to assist our customers in complying with this rule.

•

HIPAA Transaction and Identifier Standards. HIPAA and its implementing regulations also mandate format, data content and provider identifier standards that must be used in certain electronic transactions, such as claims, payment advice and eligibility inquiries. Although our systems are fully capable of transmitting transactions that comply with these requirements, some payers and healthcare clearinghouses with which we conduct business interpret HIPAA transaction requirements differently than we do or may require us to use legacy formats or include legacy identifiers as they transition to full compliance. Where payers or healthcare clearinghouses require conformity with their interpretations or require us to accommodate legacy transactions or identifiers as a condition of successful transactions, we seek to comply with their requirements, but may be subject to enforcement actions as a result. In January 2009, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, published a final rule adopting updated standard code sets for diagnoses and procedures known as the ICD-10 code sets. The final rule also resulted in changes related to the formats used for electronic transactions subject to the rule. While use of the ICD-10 code sets is not mandatory until October 1, 2013 and the use of the updated formats is not mandatory until January 1, 2012, we have begun to modify our payment systems and processes to prepare for their implementation. We may not be successful in responding to these changes and any responsive changes we make to our transactions and software may result in errors and otherwise negatively impact our service levels. We may also experience complications related to supporting customers that are not fully compliant with the revised requirements as of the applicable compliance date.

•

Anti-Kickback and Anti-Bribery Laws. A number of federal and state laws govern patient referrals, financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources and inducements to providers and patients. For example, the federal anti-kickback law prohibits any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, anything of value with the intent of generating referrals of patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. Many states also have similar anti-kickback laws that are not necessarily limited to items or services for which payment is made by a federal healthcare program. Moreover, both federal and state laws forbid bribery and similar behavior. Any determination by a state or federal regulatory agency that any of our activities or those of our customers or vendors violate any of these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, could require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, could require us to refund a portion of our service fees, could disqualify us from providing services to customers doing business with government programs and could have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from us.

•

False or Fraudulent Claim Laws. There are numerous federal and state laws that prohibit false or fraudulent claims. False or fraudulent claims include, but are not limited to, billing for services not rendered, failing to refund known overpayments, misrepresenting actual services rendered, improper coding and billing for medically unnecessary items or services. The federal False Claims Act, or FCA, and some state false claims laws contain whistleblower provisions that allow private individuals to bring actions on behalf of the government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the

government. Whistleblowers, the federal government and some courts have taken the position that entities that allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the federal anti-kickback law, have thereby submitted false claims under the FCA.

In addition, if we fail to adequately monitor our coders for their accuracy and our customers submit claims based on incorrect codes, we may be responsible for penalties they incur and could be directly liable for penalties as well.

We rely on our customers to provide us with accurate and complete information. Errors and the unintended consequences of data manipulations by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations or could adversely impact the compliance of our customers.

If we are alleged to have infringed on the rights of others, we could incur unanticipated costs and be prevented from providing our services and solutions.

We could be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows and our software functionality overlaps with competitor offerings. While we do not believe that we have infringed or are infringing on any proprietary rights of third parties, we cannot assure you that infringement claims will not be asserted against us or that those claims will be unsuccessful. Any intellectual property rights claim against us or our customers, with or without merit, could be expensive to litigate, cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management resources and attention in defending the claim. Furthermore, a party making a claim against us could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide products or services. In addition, we cannot assure you that licenses for any intellectual property of third parties that might be required for our products or services will be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. As a result, we may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense.

In addition, a number of our contracts with our customers contain indemnity provisions whereby we indemnify them against certain losses that may arise from third-party claims that are brought in connection with the use of our software.

Our exposure to risks associated with the use of intellectual property may be increased as a result of acquisitions, as we have lower-level visibility into the development process with respect to such technology or the care taken to safeguard against infringement risks. In addition, third parties may make infringement and similar or related claims after we have acquired technology that had not been asserted prior to our acquisition.

A write-off of all or a part of our identifiable intangible assets or goodwill would hurt our operating results and reduce our net worth.

We have significant identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, which represent the excess of the total purchase price of our acquisitions over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired. As of September 30, 2009, we had $73.5 million of identifiable intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization and $177.8 million of goodwill on our balance sheet, which represented in excess of 76% of our total assets. We amortize identifiable intangible assets over their estimated useful lives which range from 1 to 10 years. We also evaluate our goodwill for impairment at least annually using a combination of valuation methodologies. Because one of the valuation methodologies we use is impacted by market conditions, the likelihood and severity of an impairment charge increases during periods of market volatility, such as the one

that recently occurred as a result of the general weakening of the global economy. Because healthcare providers are our primary customers, our future financial forecasts were reduced resulting in a $26.0 million impairment to goodwill and other intangible assets in 2008. If we are unable to retain our existing customers, or if our rates set by state regulation or statute are decreased, we may incur future impairment charges. We are not permitted to amortize goodwill under U.S. accounting standards. In the event an impairment of goodwill is identified, a charge to earnings would be recorded. Although it does not affect our cash flow, a write-off in future periods of all or a part of these assets would adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Goodwill.”

Any significant increase in bad debt in excess of recorded estimates would have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations may incur unexpected losses from unforeseen exposures to customer credit risk degradation. Provisions for doubtful accounts are primarily estimated based on cash collection analyses and accounts receivable aging reports. In evaluating the adequacy of allowances for doubtful accounts, we assess a number of factors, including historical collection experience, customer concentrations, past due accounts, current economic trends and changes in our customer payment terms. If circumstances related to customers change as a result of the current economic climate or if conditions deteriorate such that our past collection experience is no longer relevant, the amount of accounts receivable that we are able to collect may be less than our previous estimates as we experience bad debt in excess of reserves previously recorded.

Risks Related to our Organization and Structure

We are a holding company and our principal asset after completion of this offering will be our equity interests in our subsidiaries and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends, if any, taxes and other expenses.

We are a holding company and, upon completion of this offering, our principal asset will be our ownership of equity interests in our subsidiaries. We have no independent means of generating revenue. We intend to cause our subsidiaries to make distributions to their equityholders, including us, in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes payable, but are limited in our ability to cause our subsidiaries to make these and other distributions to us including for purposes of paying corporate and other overhead expenses and dividends due to the terms of our credit agreement and senior preferred stock. To the extent that we need funds and our subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation, as a result of the terms in our credit agreement or our senior preferred stock or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock.

An entity controlled by ABRY Partners will own a substantial portion of our common stock after the completion of this offering and will have a substantial influence in our affairs, which will limit your ability to influence corporate activities and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Upon completion of the offering, ABRY Partners will own or control common stock representing, in the aggregate, a 56% voting interest in us, or 54% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. As a result of this ownership, ABRY Partners will have effective control over the outcome of votes on all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and approval of significant corporate transactions. We currently

expect that, following this offering, three of our seven board members will be principals of ABRY Partners. ABRY Partners can take actions that have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares. These actions may be taken even if other stockholders oppose them. The concentration of voting power among ABRY Partners may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

We have opted out of section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which we refer to as the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination transaction with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the interested stockholder became such unless the transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as board approval of the business combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. Therefore, after the lock-up period expires, ABRY Partners will be able to transfer control of us to a third-party by transferring their common stock, which would not require the approval of our board of directors or our other stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply against ABRY Partners or any of our directors who are employees, of or affiliated with ABRY Partners, in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our customers. To the extent they invest in such other businesses, ABRY Partners may have differing interests than our other stockholders.

For additional information regarding the share ownership of, and our relationship with, ABRY Partners, you should read the information under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We will be a controlled company within the meaning of The NASDAQ Stock Market rules, and, as a result, will rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

Upon completion of this offering, ABRY Partners will own more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock and we will be a controlled company under The NASDAQ Stock Market corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, certain exemptions under The NASDAQ Stock Market standards will exempt us from the obligation to comply with certain of the NASDAQ Stock Market corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

•

that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market;

•

that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

•

that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

Accordingly, for so long as we are a controlled company, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of The NASDAQ Stock Market corporate governance requirements.

The terms of our future preferred stock may negatively affect the value of our common stock.

Immediately following this offering, we will have authorized 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, which may be issued in the future with rights, preferences and privileges as determined

by our board of directors. Preferred stock we may issue in the future will have, priority over our common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution. In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, our then-outstanding preferred stock, will have priority of payment over all shares of our common stock. Preferred stock also generally has priority on payment of dividends over common stock.

New investors could require that their investment be on terms at least as favorable as the terms of any preferred stock, due to the potential negative effect of priority on a potential investment. In addition, downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock could encourage investors to engage in short sales, which would further contribute to downward pressure on the price of our common stock. The rights, preferences, powers and limitations of any future series of preferred stock as may be established, may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control of our company.

Risks Related to this Offering

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 22,596,509 shares of common stock (23,496,509 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, ABRY Partners, funds affiliated with ABRY Partners, and our other stockholders have each agreed to enter into a lock-up agreement and thereby be subject to a lock-up period, meaning that they and their permitted transferees will not be permitted to sell any of the shares of our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain extensions without the prior consent of the underwriters. Although we have been advised that there is no present intention to do so, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of our common stock from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. See “Underwriting.”

Also, in the future, we may issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

Requirements associated with being a public company will increase our costs, as well as divert company resources and management attention.

Prior to this offering, we have not been subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, or the other rules and regulations of the SEC or any securities exchange relating to public companies. We are working with our legal,

independent accounting and financial advisors to identify those areas in which changes should be made to our financial and management control systems to manage our growth and our obligations as a public company. These areas include corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures and financial reporting and accounting systems. We have made, and will continue to make, changes in these and other areas. However, the expenses that will be required in order to adequately prepare for being a public company could be material. Compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies will also require considerable time and attention of management. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur, the timing of such costs or the degree of impact that our management’s attention to these matters will have on our business. In addition, the changes we make may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis.

In addition, being a public company could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our stock, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could discourage another company from acquiring us and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain several provisions that may have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders may receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future which could reduce the market price of our common stock. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

These provisions include:

•

provisions relating to the number of directors on our board of directors and the appointment of directors upon an increase in the number of directors or vacancy on our board of directors;

•

provisions requiring a 66 2/3% stockholder vote for the amendment of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, such as provisions relating to the election of directors and the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or call a special meeting, and for the adoption, amendment and repeal of our bylaws;

•

authorization of the issuance of blank check preferred stock without the need for action by stockholders;

•

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

•

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; and

•

advance notice requirements for board nominations and proposing matters to be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Our common stock has not been publicly traded prior to this offering, and we expect that the price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially.

There has not been a public market for our common stock prior to this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market may become. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in the public trading markets. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us. You may not be able to resell your shares above the initial public offering price and may suffer a loss on your investment.

Broad market and industry factors may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Factors that could cause fluctuations in our stock price may include, among other things:

•

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

•

changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who may cover our stock or our failure to meet the estimates made by securities analysts;

•

changes in regulatory conditions that affect the healthcare markets in which we operate;

•

changes in the market valuations of other companies operating in our industry;

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

•

additions or departures of key personnel; and

•

sales of our common stock, including sales of our common stock by our directors and officers or other principal stockholders.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, as a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We currently do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to service and redeem our existing indebtedness and in the operation and growth of our business. In addition, we are a holding company, and have no existing operations of our own. Therefore, we would rely on distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends to our stockholders. Restrictive covenants under our credit agreement and our senior preferred stock, which we intend to redeem in whole in connection with this offering, limit the ability of our

subsidiaries and, as a result, our ability to declare and pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock. As a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. The market price for our common stock may never exceed, and may fall below, the price that you pay for such common stock.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your common stock as a result of this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is considerably more than the adjusted, net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This reduction in the value of your equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $21.12 as adjusted, net tangible book value per share of common stock, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, if we raise funds by issuing additional securities, the newly issued shares will further dilute your percentage ownership of us.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and stock price.

Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. To date, we have not identified any material weaknesses related to our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, although we have not conducted an audit of our controls. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. We are also in the process of evaluating how to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley and the related rules of the SEC, which require, among other things, our management to assess annually the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2010. During the course of this documentation and testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may be unable to remedy before the requisite deadline for those reports. Any failure to remediate material weaknesses noted by us or our independent registered public accounting firm or to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If our management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to conclude in their reports that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our common stock could drop significantly. Failure to comply with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or other regulatory authorities.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “may,” “should,” “can have,” “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our industry experience and on our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. They involve risks, uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control, and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results and cause them to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. We believe these factors include, but are not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of these assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date on which we make it. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

On November 13, 2009, each member of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC contributed all of their equity interests, including all Series A, B and C shares and all senior preferred shares, in CT Technologies Holdings, LLC to us. CT Technologies Holdings, LLC conducts no operations and holds no assets other than its ownership interest in its subsidiary, which is also a holding company. All of its operations are conducted by its indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries. In connection with the contribution, we issued our common stock or senior preferred stock, as applicable, in exchange for the contributing member’s equity interests in accordance with the terms of the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement. After each member contributed all of their equity interests in CT Technologies Holdings, LLC to us, CT Technologies Holdings, LLC became our wholly-owned subsidiary and each contributing member became our stockholder. We refer to these events as our corporate reorganization.

As a result of the corporate reorganization, CT Technologies Holdings, LLC’s Series A and C shares were exchanged for 15,163,138 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, any outstanding Series B-1 and B-2 shares that vested on or prior to our corporate reorganization were exchanged for 1,433,371 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares of our common stock issued in connection with our corporate reorganization will not be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price of our common stock. Holders of unvested Series B-1 and B-2 shares did not receive any consideration in connection with the corporate reorganization. In addition, shares of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC’s senior preferred shares were exchanged for shares of our senior preferred stock. The senior preferred stock has substantially similar preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions as the senior preferred shares. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation became effective. The corporate reorganization did not affect our operations, which continue to be conducted through our operating subsidiaries. See “Corporate Reorganization” and “Description of Capital Stock — Senior Preferred Stock.”

In accordance with the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement, our Series A, B-1, B-2 and C shares are subject to a priority distribution in the event of an initial public offering, which is based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We did not distribute cash in connection with our corporate reorganization. On November 13, 2009, we exchanged our common stock or senior preferred stock, as applicable, for Series A, B and C shares and senior preferred shares in accordance with the following priority:

•

first, to senior preferred shares, pro rata until the entire amount of the unreturned capital value of all senior preferred shares is paid in full;

•

second, to the senior preferred shares, pro rata until the entire amount of the unpaid yield of all senior preferred shares is paid in full;

•

third, to the Series A and Series C holders, pro rata to each group up to the entire amount of the unreturned capital value of all outstanding Series A shares;

•

fourth, to the Series A and Series C holders, pro rata to each group up to the entire amount of the unpaid yield on all outstanding Series A shares;

•

fifth, to the Series A, B-1 and C shares, pro rata to each group until the aggregate distributions given to the holders of Series A shares equals the aggregate capital value of the Series A shares plus 30% per year return on the unreturned capital value for the Series A shares; and

•

finally, a pro rata distribution was made of the remaining shares to the Series A, B-1, B-2, and C shares, pro rata among each.

In connection with our corporate reorganization, the Series A shares and any vested Series B-1 and B-2 shares held by Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Webb, Matits and Haynes were exchanged for 559,645, 15,728, 8,436, 290,000, 0 and 790,420 shares of our common stock, respectively. Unvested Series B-1 and B-2 shares held by Messrs. Labedz and Haynes vested in connection with this offering in accordance with their incentive share purchase agreements and, in the case of Mr. Webb, pursuant to action by our board of directors. We intend to issue approximately 146,398 shares of restricted stock and stock options to exercise 2,036,200 shares of common stock to our directors and director nominees and certain other officers and key personnel, including 282,200, 252,658, 200,000, 110,400, 108,267 and 262,200 shares, in the aggregate, of restricted stock and stock options to Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Webb, Matits and Haynes, respectively, upon completion of this offering. In addition, the Series A and C shares held by funds affiliated with ABRY Partners, which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the members of our board of directors affiliated with ABRY Partners converted into 12,687,318 shares of our common stock. For further information regarding the ownership of our common stock by our executive officers and members of our board of directors, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Incentive Share Purchase Agreements” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.”

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock offered will be approximately $79.8 million, or approximately $92.4 million if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $5.6 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, or approximately $6.4 million if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to (i) redeem in whole our senior preferred stock, which amounts to approximately $43.8 million, including payment of the early redemption fee and (ii) repay approximately $36.0 million outstanding principal and accrued cash interest under our senior subordinated notes, including payment of an early prepayment fee. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, we intend to use any additional net proceeds to repay a portion of our borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and senior subordinated notes and for general corporate purposes, which we intend to use for the further repayment of borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. As of September 30, 2009, we had $132.3 million of borrowings outstanding under our senior secured credit facility, which consists of a revolving credit facility, a term loan and an incremental term loan. Our senior secured credit facility has a maturity date of September 22, 2013. Borrowings under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. The interest rate on the outstanding balance under our revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2009 was 8.0%. As of September 30, 2009, the weighted average interest rate under our term loans was 8.7%. In September 2008, we used the borrowings under our senior secured credit facility to repay in full our prior credit facility and to pay a portion of the purchase price to acquire ChartOne. Our senior subordinated notes have a maturity date of March 22, 2014 with an outstanding balance of $76.5 million and an interest rate of 14.0% as of September 30, 2009. In September 2008, we used the proceeds received from our senior subordinated notes as part of the purchase price to acquire ChartOne. Additional terms of our senior secured credit facilities and our senior subordinated notes are described under “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

By establishing a public market for our common stock, this offering is also intended to facilitate our future access to public markets.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to service and repay our existing indebtedness and used in the operation and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends to our common stockholders may only occur after we have redeemed in full our senior preferred stock, which we intend to redeem in whole in connection with this offering, and will be at the discretion of our board of directors and depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and contractual restrictions.

Our senior preferred stock has a non-cash, accruing dividend rate of 14%. Because our debt documents currently prohibit the payment of dividends to any of our equity holders, our senior preferred stock dividends are accruing. The terms of our senior preferred stock require that we pay the holders of such shares all unpaid dividends and their total investment amounts before we can pay any dividends to the holders of our common stock. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock.

Dividends and loans from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations and pay dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders will depend on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. See “Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure — We are a holding company and our principal asset after completion of this offering will be our equity interests in our subsidiaries and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends, if any, taxes and other expenses.” In addition, restrictive covenants under our senior secured credit facility and our senior subordinated notes limit the ability of our subsidiaries and, as a result, our ability, to declare and pay dividends or other distributions on our senior preferred stock, which we intend to redeem in whole in connection with this offering, or common stock.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2009 on:

•

an actual basis reflecting the capitalization of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC; and

•

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the following:

•

our corporate reorganization as more fully described in “Corporate Reorganization,” at a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

•

the sale of 6,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds;”

•

the repayment of $34.1 million of our senior subordinated notes and the repayment in full of our senior preferred stock; and

•

our accumulated deficit has been adjusted for the costs associated with the early prepayment of a portion of our senior subordinated notes and the repayment in full of our senior preferred stock and interest accrued from October 1, 2009 through November 17, 2009, the proposed closing date of this offering.

You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	As of September 30, 2009
	Actual			As Adjusted(1)
	(in thousands, except share data)
	(unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalent	$	2,191		$	2,191

Debt:
Current portion of long-term debt		12,188			15,255
Long-term debt, less current portion(2)		196,654			159,518

Total debt		208,842			174,773

Senior preferred shares, 30,000 shares authorized and 30,000 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2009		38,604			—
Series C shares, 7,730 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, redemption value of $8,616 as of September 30, 2009		8,616			—

Stockholders’ equity
Series A shares, unlimited number authorized, 218,874 shares issued and 215,785 outstanding as of September 30, 2009		133,707			—
Series B-1 shares, 10,000,000 authorized, 9,897,300 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2009		683			—
Series B-2 shares, 25,000,000 authorized, 24,742,700 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2009		842			—
Common stock, 235,000,000 shares authorized and 22,596,509 shares outstanding		—			23
Additional paid-in capital		4,244			225,355
Accumulated deficit		(105,567	)		(111,812	)
Treasury stock		(1,632	)		—

Total stockholders’ equity		32,277			113,566

Total capitalization	$	290,530		$	290,530

(1)

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and debt or cash by 5.6 million; however total capitalization would remain the same, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)	As of September 30, 2009, we had $6.9 million of availability under our revolving credit facility.

The outstanding share information set forth above is as of September 30, 2009 and excludes:

•

an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our omnibus incentive plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering; and

•

2,182,598 shares of restricted stock and stock options to be granted to certain officers, directors and certain key employees upon completion of this offering.

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock upon completion of this offering.

As of September 30, 2009, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $(218.9) million, or $(13.19) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis to reflect the completion of our corporate reorganization. Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the consummation of this offering.

After giving effect to (i) the exchange of all outstanding and vested Series A, B-1, B-2 and C shares for shares of our common stock, at a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the sale of 6,000,000 shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (iii) the repayment in whole of our senior preferred stock and a portion of our subordinated debt, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009 would have been approximately $(138.4) million, or $(6.12) per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $7.07 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $21.12 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:


Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock			$	15.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2009	(13.19	)
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering	7.07

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2009, as adjusted for this offering				(6.12	)

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors(1)			$	21.12

(1)	Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering from the initial public offering price paid by a new investor.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $5.6 million, or $0.25 per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering by $0.75 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The as adjusted information is illustrative only, and following the completion of this offering, will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will decrease to approximately $(5.35) per share, representing an increase to existing stockholders of approximately $7.84 per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of approximately $20.35 per share to new investors.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2009, the differences between our existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of our common stock sold in this offering, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid. The calculations, with respect to shares purchased by new investors in this offering, reflect an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:


	Shares Purchased			Total Consideration				Average Price Per Share
	Number	Percentage		Amount		Percentage		Average Price Per Share
	(in thousands)			(in thousands)
Existing stockholders	16,597	73	%	$	146,460	62	%	$	8.82
New investors	6,000	27	%		90,000	38	%		15.00

Total	22,597	100	%	$	236,460	100	%

The tables and calculations above are based on 22,596,509 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2009, and excludes:

•

an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our omnibus incentive plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering; and

•

2,182,598 shares of restricted stock and stock options to be granted to our directors and director nominees and certain officers and key employees upon completion of this offering.

If the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, the percentage of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to 71% of the total number of shares of our common stock, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to 6,900,000, or 29% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial and other data for the periods and at the dates indicated. We derived the statements of operations data presented below for the period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006 (Predecessor) and years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 (Successor) and selected balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from audited historical financial statements and related notes not included in this prospectus. We derived the statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and the historical balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements and they include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods. The interim results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of our future performance and do not reflect results for the year ending December 31, 2009 or for any other period.

On December 30, 2006, ABRY Partners and its co-investors, together with certain members of our board of directors, our executive officers and other members of management, through CT Technologies Holdings, LLC, acquired Companion. All periods prior to December 30, 2006 are referred to as Predecessor, and all periods including and after such date are referred to as Successor. There were no material operating results on December 31, 2006 as it fell on a Sunday. The consolidated financial statements for all Successor periods are not comparable to those of the Predecessor periods.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	(In Thousands, Except per Share Amounts)
	Predecessor									Successor
	Year Ended December 31,						Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006(1)			Year Ended December 31,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2004			2005						2007			2008			2008			2009
																(unaudited)
Net revenue	$	44,460		$	42,360		$	38,267		$	102,369		$	188,169		$	127,722		$	193,190
Expenses:
Costs of services and products (exclusive of items shown separately below)		13,353			13,586			12,663			54,318			109,973			72,647			111,251
Bad debt expense (recovery)		1,914			415			(185	)		3,216			9,088			6,536			8,301
Selling, general, and administrative		39,526			34,600			31,744			40,287			56,575			38,988			45,889
Depreciation and amortization expense		1,063			721			676			6,099			12,183			8,689			10,887
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		—			—			—			—			25,966			—			—

Total operating costs and expenses		55,856			49,322			44,898			103,920			213,785			126,860			176,328

Income (loss) from operations		(11,396	)		(6,962	)		(6,631	)		(1,551	)		(25,616	)		862			16,862
Interest income (expense), net		220			102			60			(10,333	)		(20,906	)		(13,214	)		(22,863	)
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps		—			—			—			7			(1,945	)		—			(741	)
Equity in net gains of affiliates		2,032			1,615			1,426			—			—			—			—
Loss on transfer of investment in affiliate		—			—			(223	)		—			—			—			—

Loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit (expense)		(9,144	)		(5,245	)		(5,368	)		(11,877	)		(48,467	)		(12,352	)		(6,742	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		2,797			1,597			853			5,258			1,409			(554	)		(1,574	)

Loss from continuing operations		(6,347	)		(3,648	)		(4,515	)		(6,619	)		(47,058	)	$	(12,906	)	$	(8,316	)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—			—			(732	)		(1,426	)		(1,426	)		—
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—			—			—			(1,306	)		(1,306	)		(603	)

Net loss	$	(6,347	)	$	(3,648	)	$	(4,515	)	$	(7,351	)	$	(49,790	)	$	(15,638	)	$	(8,919	)

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share common stock
Basic and diluted										$	(0.74	)	$	(3.70	)	$	(1.26	)	$	(0.54	)

Unaudited pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic and diluted											9,893			13,472			12,437			16,585

(1)	We acquired Companion on December 30, 2006. There were no material operating results on December 31, 2006 as it fell on a Sunday.


	(in thousands)
	Predecessor							Successor
	December 31,					December 30, 2006(1)		December 31,				September 30, 2009
	2004		2005			December 30, 2006(1)		2007		2008		September 30, 2009
												(unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital	$	987	$	(2,046	)	$	2,906	$	26,143	$	1,906	$	5,650
Total assets		18,286		16,180			12,731		274,259		333,750		332,308
Long-term obligations, net of current portion		—		—			—		119,700		199,663		196,654
Senior preferred shares		—		—			—		29,007		34,196		38,604
Series C shares		—		—			—		3,698		2,628		8,616
Total equity		9,012		5,364			5,849		65,026		47,449		32,277

(1)	We acquired Companion on December 30, 2006. There were no material operating results on December 31, 2006 as it fell on a Sunday.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward looking statements. These forward looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward looking statements.

Overview

We are a leading provider of healthcare information services and technology solutions to approximately 1,900 hospitals and health systems and 8,000 independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics. Our primary business is providing outsourced technology-enabled ROI services to our customers. We believe we are the largest provider of ROI services with a market share of approximately 20% and utilize our expertise and technology to fulfill requests for health records in an accurate, regulatory-compliant and timely manner. Our ROI services enable our customers to reduce staffing levels associated with these time-consuming and labor-intensive healthcare information functions, allowing them to increase their focus on patient care, and to more effectively comply with increasingly complex and cumbersome regulatory requirements. We also provide other software and services that complement our ROI services, including recovery audit compliance solutions, revenue cycle management software, healthcare coding and consulting services and physician practice management software.

Management’s primary metrics to measure the consolidated financial performance of the business are net revenue and Adjusted EBITDA. We use these metrics to measure our business given they provide period-over-period comparability and measure the fundamental business elements which our management can impact in the short term.

Our historical revenue has been primarily derived through acquisitions, customer retention and the addition of new customers. We believe our business strategy will continue to offer significant opportunity, but it also presents risks and challenges. These risks and challenges include the risk to our business resulting from the loss of customers to competitors or the decision by existing or potential new customers to perform ROI functions internally. We believe that the increasing complexities of the ROI process, including the regulatory compliance requirements, and infrastructure costs may be prohibitive to our competitors, existing customers and potential new customers, including those customers seeking to perform ROI functions internally. Although management believes our customer retention and acquisition and new sales opportunities remain strong, our revenue growth may suffer if we are unable to successfully retain existing customers, acquire new companies or add new customers. We have a large, experienced sales and operating staff and have successfully retained customers and acquired and integrated businesses in the past. We believe that our business has a number of new contract opportunities that are in various stages of the sales process, a majority of which have traditionally resulted in new contracts. In addition, we expect to continue to invest in the development of new and enhanced products and services, our customer service resources and our infrastructure capabilities. These investments have contributed to the growth of our net revenue and Adjusted EBITDA in recent periods.

Our Corporate History

We have completed a series of acquisitions since our inception. These acquired companies have established histories of providing services and solutions to the healthcare industry. Companion was created as a division of Blue Cross Blue Shield of South Carolina in 1975 and SDS began ROI services in 1976. We acquired Companion in December 2006. We acquired SDS in June 2007. The acquisitions combined SDS’s 30-year history in the ROI industry and Companion’s software applications to offer a more complete set of solutions to the hospital, health system and physician clinic markets. We continued to grow with the September 2008 acquisition of ChartOne, which we believe was the second-largest provider of outsourced ROI services in the United States at that time. The ChartOne acquisition allowed us to further leverage our efficient operating capabilities through increased size and market penetration.

Our Business Segments

We conduct our operations through two business segments: Release-of-Information Services and Software and Other Services. We offer ROI services on an outsourced basis to hospitals, health systems and physician clinics. Our software and other services segment provides solutions that complement our ROI services, including recovery audit compliance solutions, revenue cycle management software, healthcare coding and consulting services and physician practice management software. Our RAC solution allows our customers to prepare for and comply with a new Medicare payment recovery system that is being phased in and is scheduled for nationwide implementation in 2010, helping them trade and organize documentation requests, coding, billing, reviews and all associated paperwork. Our RCM software enables healthcare providers to ensure that payment is properly received for the medical services provided to patients. Our healthcare coding and consulting services include compliance expertise with HIPAA, data management, compliance auditing, education, master patient index classification and medical coding. Our practice management software assists physician practices with administrative tasks such as patient information tracking, appointment scheduling and billing.

Our Revenue and Expenses

Revenue

We generate revenue by providing services and solutions that automate and simplify business and administrative functions for our customers. Our ROI services segment revenue is primarily derived from charging requestors a flat fee plus a per-page fee, in accordance with a fee schedule established by state regulation for the retrieval and delivery of the health record. In addition, we also receive revenue from our customers for the courtesy copies we provide them in accordance with our contracts. In 2008, our average ROI service price for a billable request was approximately $38. Pricing is generally regulated by state law depending on the type of requestor and purpose of request, and varies from state to state.

Our practice management software is sold either on an Application Service Provider, or ASP, basis with revenue generated based on a monthly subscription fee, or on a license basis with an upfront fee plus maintenance fees thereafter. Our RCM software products are sold on an ASP basis with revenue generated on a fee per claim basis. Our healthcare coding and consulting service revenue is generated either on a fee per engagement or on an hourly rate per employee. Our RAC compliance solution revenue is generated on a fee per engagement or on an hourly rate per employee basis if generated from our RAC consulting services, or on a monthly subscription fee basis if generated from our RACPro software.

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses as follows:

Costs of Services and Products. Costs of services and products include both costs relating to the ROI services segment and costs relating to the software and other services segment. ROI services costs consist primarily of expenses related to the services we provide to our customers and costs associated with the operation and maintenance of our networks. Costs for ROI services also include: (i) personnel costs associated with production, network operations, customer support, and other personnel, (ii) postage and supplies, (iii) facilities expenses and (iv) equipment maintenance, which vary less directly with our revenue due to the fixed or semi-fixed nature of these expenses.

Software and other services costs consist primarily of costs related to the delivery and implementation of software solutions and products to our customers. These costs include (i) software and hardware maintenance costs, (ii) ASP hosting costs and (iii) data and telecommunications costs, all of which generally vary with our revenue. Included in our software and other services costs is amortization of capitalized software development.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs related to personnel including salaries, benefits, incentive compensation and equity-based compensation expense, sales expense, marketing programs, including trade shows, brand messaging, and travel-related expenses. In addition, our selling, general and administrative expenses also include insurance costs, professional fees and other general overhead expenses. We expect that selling, general and administrative expenses will increase as we incur additional expenses related to being a public company.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation expense consists primarily of depreciation of fixed assets. Our amortization expense consists of the amortization of all intangible assets, primarily resulting from acquisitions. Amortization of capitalized software development is included in our costs of services and products.

Key Considerations

Certain significant factors or events must be considered to better understand differences in our results of operations from period to period. We believe that the following items or events have had a material impact on our results of operations for the periods discussed below or may have a material impact on our results of operations in future periods:

Acquisitions

The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. We acquired SDS in June 2007 and, in September 2008, we acquired ChartOne, which we believe was the second-largest provider of outsourced ROI services in the United States at that time. These two acquisitions allowed us to eliminate duplicative expenses and allowed us to further leverage our efficient operating capabilities through increased size and market penetration.

The acquisitions of SDS and ChartOne were each accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. We allocated each of the purchase prices to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities. These assets and liabilities were recorded at their respective fair values. The excess of cost over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities was recorded as goodwill. As a result of these transactions, our interest expense and amortization expense have increased.

As a result of our acquisitions, our consolidated financial statements are not directly comparable from period to period.

Discontinued Operations

In August 2008, we sold the operations of Document Management Solutions, or DMS, to a third party. As a result, the operations of DMS are reflected as discontinued operations. The financial statements for all periods presented have been reclassified to reflect discontinued operations. A loss of $2.7 million, net of tax, was recorded in relation to the sale of DMS, of which $1.3 million was included in loss on disposal and $1.4 million was included in discontinued operations. The loss on sale from discontinued operations in the nine months ended June 30, 2009 relates to a change in estimate on the settlement of a contingency.

Corporate Reorganization

As a result of the corporate reorganization, CT Technologies Holdings, LLC’s Series A and C shares were exchanged for 15,163,138 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, any outstanding Series B-1 and B-2 shares that vested on or prior to the closing of this offering were exchanged for 1,433,371 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares of our common stock issued in connection with our corporate reorganization will not be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price of our common stock. Holders of unvested Series B-1 and B-2 shares did not receive any consideration in connection with the corporate reorganization. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to issue 146,398 shares of restricted stock and stock options to exercise 2,036,200 shares of common stock to our directors and director nominees and certain other officers and key personnel. Shares of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC’s senior preferred shares were exchanged for shares of our senior preferred stock prior to effectiveness of this registration statement. The senior preferred stock has substantially similar preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions as the senior preferred shares. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock.

See “Corporate Reorganization” and “Description of Capital Stock — Senior Preferred Stock.”

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the

United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates and assumptions on the best information available to us at the time the estimates and assumptions are made, on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on a consistent ongoing basis. Our assumptions and methodologies have been applied consistently for all periods presented. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Management believes that the following accounting policies include areas that are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results and require a significant amount of judgment and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Release of Information Services Segment

Revenue is recognized as release of information services are performed and health records are delivered to customers. Release of information revenue is generally comprised of a base fee and a per-page fee depending on the number of pages made.

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 605 (“ASC 605”), Revenue Recognition (formerly Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104), we recognize our ROI revenue when (a) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (b) the fee is fixed or determinable, (c) services have been rendered and payment has been contractually earned, and (d) collectability is reasonably assured.

The majority of our revenue is derived from our ROI services segment. The ROI function for healthcare providers, such as hospitals, health systems and physician clinics, consists of processing requests for a patient’s health record made by a requestor, such as a physician, insurance company, attorney, government agency, healthcare organization, facility, patient or other authorized individuals, and delivering a copy of the patient’s health record to the requestor for a fee. Hospitals, health systems and physician clinics are required by law to provide patient health records to authorized requestors and are allowed by law to charge for these services. Many of these hospitals, health systems and physician clinics decide to outsource their ROI services to us. Our ROI revenue is generated by entering into outsourcing contracts with hospitals, health systems and physician clinics to allow us to provide the ROI services to the requestors. We charge the requestors a flat fee plus a per-page fee in accordance with a fee schedule established by state regulation for the retrieval and delivery of the patient health record directly to the requestor. These fees are charged after we have received an authorized signed written request from the requestor, which authorizes us to provide the patient health record to the requestor. Because we bill per page, our accounts receivable consists of thousands of small dollar transactions.

Most of the requests for patient health records come from five broad groups: facilities, government agencies, lawyers, insurance organizations and individual patients. The ROI services we provide to each requestor group are identical.

The collections from individual patients who request a copy of their own health record are less favorable than collections from the other four groups of requestors. We have historically had higher bad debt expense and write-offs from the individual patient group of requestors than the other groups of requestors. Approximately 10% of our ROI revenue and approximately 50% of our ROI bad debt expense is related to our individual patient requestors. The volume of requests generated by individual patient requestors and the small dollar amount of the billable

request preclude us from verifying the creditworthiness of each individual patient. The average price per billable request generated by individual patient requestors was less than $25.00 in 2008; accordingly, we believe it is reasonably assured that because the patient health record request comes directly from the individual patient, which means the request has been approved and services have been rendered, this small dollar invoice will be collectable because we believe it is affordable. As discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Cash Flows” below, we believe it is cost prohibitive for us to internally pursue these individual patient requestors after the dunning notices have proven to be ineffective.

Our other groups of requestors (i.e., facilities, government agencies, lawyers, insurance organizations) are generally recurring customers that make multiple requests each month, which typically result in larger aggregate amounts due to us by such requestors.

We use cash collection analysis, accounts receivable agings, write offs and DSO’s to determine the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. As part of our analysis, we consider trends related to all of our groups of requestors, including individual patient requestors. We currently reserve on the ROI accounts receivable starting in the current aging categories and increase the reserve progressively across the aging categories. Our accounts receivable are written off at the earlier of 365 days or when the account is deemed to be uncollectible. We utilize third party collection agencies once our accounts are written-off and continue to receive recoveries from these efforts, including from our individual patient requestors. These recoveries are also included in our analysis of our allowance for doubtful accounts.

In accordance with ASC 605 (formerly Emerging Issues Task Force 00-10), we recognize revenue for shipping and handling costs related to the delivery of records to customers on a gross basis, and the corresponding shipping and handling costs are classified as costs of services and products in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs included in revenue and costs of services and products were $0.0 million, $3.8 million and $7.9 million for the period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and $5.4 million and $7.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

We account for certain contracts using the proportional performance method based upon the pattern of performance of a particular medical record order. The proportional performance method is used only for contracts where project stages are clearly defined and can be invoiced and where the contract contains enforceable rights by both parties. We review contract prices and cost estimates and reflect adjustments in the period when the estimates are revised.

For certain of our release of information customers, cash is due prior to the delivery of the health records to the customer. Recognition of revenue relating to these customers and related direct costs are deferred until payment is received and health records are delivered.

Software and Other Services Segment

We recognize software license revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 985 (“ASC 985”), Software (formerly Statement of Position 97-2 as amended by Statement of Position 98-9), when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement is obtained; (2) delivery of the product has occurred; (3) the license fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is probable. ASC 985 requires recognition of revenue using the residual method when (a) there is vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair values of all

accounted for using long- term contract accounting; (b) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements in the arrangement; and (c) all revenue-recognition criteria in ASC 985, other than the requirement for vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair value of each delivered element of the arrangement, are satisfied. When software is licensed under a term arrangement, the related fees are recognized as revenue ratably over the contractual term of the agreement.

In accordance with ASC 985, when VSOE is able to be established for all elements, license fee revenue is recorded using the relative fair value method. If we are only able to establish VSOE for undelivered elements, we account for license fee revenue using the residual method. Historically for our software license agreements, we have not been able to establish VSOE for delivered and undelivered elements due to wide variation in actual pricing. Since we have not objectively determined the fair value of any undelivered element included in bundled software and service arrangements, including implied maintenance, we account for these arrangements using the combined services approach. Under this approach, the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the period during which the services are expected to be performed or the post contract support, or PCS period, which is typically 12 months, whichever is longer, once the software has been delivered and the provision of both services has commenced, as long as all of the other basic revenue recognition criteria of ASC 985 have been met.

PCS is recognized ratably over the period of the PCS arrangements. These are typically twelve month agreements with annual automatic renewals. Subscription fees, including our ASP based solutions, are recognized ratably over the contracted agreement period. Customers have access to the software applications while the data is hosted by either our servers or via third parties. Our customers do not take physical possession of the software application. Implementation fees are typically billed at the beginning of the arrangement and recognized as revenue over the contract period.

We also generate revenue from transactional-based service contracts. Revenue under these arrangements is recognized as transactions are processed and delivered. They are typically transaction price based contracts.

Revenue from fixed-fee consulting services is recognized as services are performed and delivered.

Billings may not coincide with the recognition of revenue. Unbilled accounts receivable occur when revenue recognition precedes billing to the customer, and arise primarily from sales with predetermined billing schedules. Deferred revenue occurs when billing to the customer precedes revenue recognition, and arises primarily from maintenance revenue billed and collected in advance of performance of the maintenance activity and prepayments received from customers for transaction processing to be performed for a specified future period.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 740 (“ASC 740”), Income Taxes (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109). Accordingly, our provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the combined federal and state effective tax rates that are applicable to us in a given year. The effect of a change in income tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the income tax provision in the period which includes the enactment date.

The deferred income tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, we believe it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. Increases to the valuation allowance are recorded as increases to the provision for income taxes. The realization of the deferred income tax assets, net of a valuation allowance, is primarily dependent on estimated future taxable income. A change in our estimate of future taxable income may require an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance.

Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, or FIN 48, which has been codified into ASC 740. This guidance requires a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. We record a liability for the difference between the income tax benefit recognized and measured pursuant to ASC 740 and the income tax position taken or expected to be taken on our income tax returns. To the extent that our assessment of such income tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. Prior to 2009, we established contingencies for income taxes when, despite the belief that our income tax positions were fully supportable, we believed that it was probable that our income tax positions would be challenged and possibly disallowed by various authorities. The consolidated income tax provision and related accruals included the impact of such reasonably estimable losses and related interest and penalties as deemed appropriate.

Our policy is to include interest and penalties in our provision for income taxes. Our federal and state income tax returns filed for the tax years 2007 through 2008, the pre-acquisition federal and state income tax returns filed by Companion for tax years 2005 through 2006, the pre-acquisition federal and state income tax returns filed by Smart Holdings Corporation for tax years 2005 through 2007, the pre-acquisition federal and state income tax returns filed by Micro Innovations, Inc. for tax years 2005 through 2006 and the pre-acquisition federal and state income tax returns filed by ChartOne for the tax years 2005 through 2008 generally remain open for examination by the Internal Revenue Service and relevant state taxing jurisdictions.

Acquisitions

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 805 (“ASC 805”), Business Combinations (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141), we allocate the purchase price in a business combination to the acquired business’ identifiable assets, liabilities, and non-controlling interests at their acquisition date fair value. The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the identifiable assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Any excess of fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration transferred, if any, is generally recognized within our earnings as of the acquisition date.

We estimate the fair value of the assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests based on one or a combination of income, cost, or market approaches as determined based on the nature of the asset or liability and the level of inputs available to us, including quoted prices in an active market, other observable inputs or unobservable inputs. To the extent that our initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete at the end of a reporting period, we report provisional amounts for those items which are incomplete. We retroactively adjust such provisional amounts as of the acquisition date once we receive new information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and become known for a time period that does not exceed one year from the acquisition date.

Goodwill

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 350 (“ASC 350”), Intangibles —Goodwill and other (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142), we review the carrying value of goodwill on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit has fallen below its carrying amount. These events could be the result of a significant adverse change in the business climate or a decision to sell or dispose of all or a portion of a reporting unit. With respect to goodwill, we determine whether potential impairments are present by comparing the carrying value of our reporting units to the fair value of our reporting units. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit, then a hypothetical purchase price allocation is performed to determine the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment.

When testing the goodwill for impairment, we estimate the fair value of our reporting units by considering both the income and market approaches. Specifically, we develop an initial estimate of the fair value of each reporting unit as the present value of the expected future cash flows to be generated by the reporting unit. We then validate this fair value by performing the market comparable approach to estimate the fair value.

Our ROI and Software and Other Services segments are also our reporting units. As of our most recent Step 1 impairment testing date (October 1, 2008), the fair value of our ROI reporting unit was 10% above the reporting unit carrying value. As of the same date, the fair value of our Software and Other Services reporting unit was less than the reporting unit carrying value and resulted in the impairment of all of the goodwill associated with our Software and Other Services reporting unit. The key assumptions that drive the fair value estimates for our reporting units include the following:

•

financial projections for the business, including revenue, operating expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures;

•

constant growth rate for the business assumed to occur after the discrete projection period;

•

discount rate used to calculate the present value of business cash flows;

•

comparable companies used in the market approach; and

•

valuation multiples selected to be applied to business results/forecasts in the market approach.

All of the assumptions used to determine fair value are dependent on the future outlook for our business and current market conditions. The financial projections and long-term growth forecasts for the business are dependent on management estimates and sensitive to changes in the overall economic environment as well as trends in the healthcare information technology industry. The selection of comparable companies and appropriate valuation multiples are dependent on comparable company results as well as the prices of publicly traded shares of comparable companies. Unexpected weakness in the overall United States economy, weakness in demand for healthcare information technology services, and/or declines in the share prices of comparable companies could materially impact the assumptions used and negatively impact fair value results.

Each approach requires the use of certain assumptions. The income approach requires management to exercise judgment in making assumptions regarding the reporting unit’s future income stream and cash flow, a discount rate and a constant rate of growth after the discrete forecast period. These assumptions are subject to change based on business and economic

conditions and could materially affect the indicated values of our reporting units. The market approach requires management to exercise judgment in its selection of the guideline companies as well as its selection of the most relevant valuation multiple. Guideline companies selected are comparable to us in terms of product or service offerings, markets, and/or customers, among other characteristics. We considered two valuation multiples — (i) the ratio of market value of invested capital to revenue, or MVIC/Revenue, and (ii) the ratio of market value of invested capital to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, or MVIC/EBITDA. For example, a 100 basis point increase in our selected discount rate utilized in the income approach combined with a 10% reduction in the fair value determined by the market approach would not have resulted in any additional impairment charge in accordance with ASC 350.

Our estimates used in these valuations could differ from actual results. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Identifiable Definite Life Intangible Assets. The carrying value of other intangibles is evaluated when indicators are present to determine whether such intangibles may be impaired with respect to their recorded values. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 360 (“ASC 360”), Property, Plant and Equipment (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144), the carrying values of these identifiable intangible assets are reviewed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If this review indicates that the asset will not be recoverable, as determined based on the undiscounted cash flows of the operating entity or asset over the remaining amortization period, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to its fair value.

Doubtful Accounts

Collection of accounts receivable from customers are our primary source of cash and is therefore critical to our successful operating performance. Accordingly, we closely monitor our cash collection trends and the aging of accounts receivable. Provisions for doubtful accounts are primarily estimated based on cash collection analyses and accounts receivable aging reports. In evaluating the adequacy of allowances for doubtful accounts, we assess a number of factors, including historical collection experience, customer concentrations past due accounts, current economic trends and changes in our customer payment terms. Accounts receivable are written off after collection efforts have been pursued in accordance with our policies and procedures. Inherent in this estimate is the risk that it will need to be revised or updated, with the changes recorded in subsequent periods, as additional information becomes available to management.

Equity-Based Compensation

We have an equity-based compensation plan, see note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and note 11, Members’ Equity, to the notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a complete discussion of our equity-based compensation programs.

These equity-based awards are accounted for under the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification 718 (“ASC 718”), Compensation — Stock Compensation (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R), requiring the measurement and recognition of all equity-based compensation under the fair value method. The Series B-1 and B-2 Shares vested over five or six years and were subject to continuing employment with us for those shares issued to employees. All unvested Series B Shares issued to employees are forfeited upon

termination of employment. If a sale of the company as defined in the respective recipient’s incentive share purchase agreement occurs, all Series B Shares will become vested so long as the holder of the Series B shares is still employed by us. As a result of our corporate reorganization, all of our vested outstanding Series B shares were converted into shares of our common stock prior to completion of this offering. We issued 1,433,371 shares of our common stock to holders of our Series B shares. There will be no additional compensation expense associated with the exchange of our vested outstanding Series B shares for common stock. However, as a result of a modification to accelerate vesting for certain employees upon completion of this offering, we will recognize additional compensation expense.

The grant date fair value of the Series B shares issued to employees is recorded as equity-based compensation in salaries and benefits expense on the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period which is deemed to be the vesting period for the shares.

For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we recorded $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of employee and non-employee equity-based compensation. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, we recorded a charge of $0.1 million and a charge of $0.6 million, respectively, of employee and non-employee equity-based compensation. As of September 30, 2009, we expected to recognize future expense for non-vested equity-based compensation of $3.0 million over a weighted-average period of 3.5 years.

We applied the option pricing methodology, or OPM, to reflect the seniority of the different classes of securities set forth in the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement. Consistent with the standard application of the OPM, we modeled each class of security, including Series B-1 and B-2 shares, as a series of call options. The breakpoints associated with the call options are a function of the seniority and liquidation preferences of the various classes of shares. The key assumptions for this approach include time to liquidity event, expected volatility, risk free rate, total enterprise and debt value.

Upon a liquidity event, a distribution will be made to the Series B-1 shares only after (i) the entire amount of the unreturned capital value and the unpaid yield of all senior preferred shares are paid in full; and (ii) all outstanding Series A shares have received the entire amount of the unreturned capital value and unpaid 15% yield. Series B-2 shares will begin participating in the proceeds only after the Series A shares have achieved 30% per year return on the unreturned capital value for the Series A shares.

The alternative approaches for equity valuation include the current-value method and the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM. We believe the current-value method underestimates the fair value of the Series B-1 and B-2 shares. While we believe the OPM is a more appropriate approach, we do not believe using PWERM will result in a materially different conclusion for the Series B-1 and B-2 shares.

The OPM assumptions utilized for our valuation analysis for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2007		2008		2008		2009
Risk free interest rate	3.10	%	0.67	%	2.00	%	0.14	%
Dividend yield	0.0	%	0.0	%	0.0	%	0.0	%
Volatility	33.0	%	42.0	%	35.0	%	33.0	%
Expected Term (in years)	1.75		1.75		2.00		0.25

The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we have no present intention to pay cash dividends. Volatility is based on the historical volatility of guideline publicly traded companies over the period commensurate with the expected time to liquidity horizon. The risk-free interest rate is derived from the average U.S. Treasury CMT rate during the period, which approximates the rate in effect as of the respective valuation dates.

Given the absence of an active market for our shares, our board of directors estimated the fair value of our shares for purposes of determining equity-based compensation expense for the periods presented. Through September 2009, our board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our shares, based in part on an analysis of relevant metrics, including the following:

•

the level of operational risk and uncertainty surrounding our stand-alone cost structure;

•

the range of market multiples of comparable companies;

•

our financial position, historical operating results and expected growth in operations;

•

the fact that the incentive share grants involve illiquid securities in a private company; and

•

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company given prevailing market conditions.

Our valuation of our Series B-1 and B-2, which are compensatory shares, as of December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009 was $0.44, $0.19 and $1.06 for the Series B-1 shares, respectively, and $0.27, $0.11 and $0.63 for the Series B-2 shares, respectively. These valuations were prepared using the market and income approaches to estimate the aggregate enterprise value.

The market approach indicates the fair value of a business based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable firms in similar lines of business that are publicly traded or which are part of a public or private transaction, as well as prior subject company transactions. Each comparable company was selected based on various factors, including, but not limited to, industry similarity, financial risk, company size, geographic diversification, profitability, adequate financial data and an actively traded stock price.

The income approach is a valuation technique that provides an estimation of the fair value of a business based on the cash flows that a business can be expected to generate over its remaining life. This approach begins with an estimation of the annual cash flows an investor would expect the subject business to generate over a discrete projection period. The estimated cash flows for each of the years in the discrete projection periods are then converted to their present value equivalent using a rate of return appropriate for the risk of achieving the business’ projected cash flows. The present value of the estimated cash flows are then added to the present value equivalent of the residual value of the business at the end of the discrete projection period to arrive at an estimate of the fair value of the business enterprise.

We prepared a financial forecast for each valuation to be used in the computation of the enterprise value for both the market approach and the income approach. The financial forecasts took into account past experience and future expectations. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates.

We also considered the fact that our shareholders cannot presently transfer shares in the public markets or otherwise, except for limited transfers among family members. The estimated fair value of our shares at each grant date reflected a marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event. The marketability discount assumed decreases as the likelihood and proximity of a future liquidity event increases. In the determination of fair value of

the shares, the marketability discount used was 25% for December 2007, 25% for December 2008 and 3% for September 2009. We then allocated the fair value of our company between our common stock and senior preferred stock using option pricing methodology.

The issuance of Series B-1 shares during December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 had a weighted average fair value of $0.44 and $0.28, respectively and the issuance of Series B-2 shares during December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 had a weighted average fair value of $0.28 and $0.17, respectively. There were no shares issued in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009. The principal reasons for the significant fluctuations in the estimated weighted fair values of our shares from each of the periods were as follows:

•

changes in the market values of comparable publicly traded companies, which generally trended slightly downward during calendar year 2008 before subsequently moving rapidly upward during the first three quarters of calendar year 2009;

•

EBITDA growth attributable to the integration of recent acquisitions and the realization of certain operational synergies related to those integrations;

•

increased acceptance of our products and services in the market, driven in part by a national focus on healthcare costs and healthcare technology issues;

•

a decrease in the discount rate used to calculate the present value of cash flows in the income approach during the first three quarters of calendar year 2009, driven by market factors and the company’s performance relative to expected results; and

•

fluctuations in the marketability discount used to capture the effect of the illiquidity of the equity shares on fair value, as driven by the expected timing and probability of a future liquidity event.

Our valuation of the Series B-1 and B-2 shares as of December 31, 2008 was $0.19 and $0.11, respectively, compared to a valuation of $1.06 and $0.63 of our Series B-1 and B-2 shares at September 30, 2009, respectively. An assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the terms of the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement, equates to $1.30 and $0.66 for each Series B-1 share and Series B-2 share, respectively.

The increase in value of the Series B-1 and B-2 shares from December 31, 2008 to September 30, 2009 was impacted by increases in our overall valuation. We determined the favorable movement in our fair value over the period to be appropriate after consideration of improvement in market and economic conditions, improving capital markets, a shorter likely time horizon for a liquidity event, and an implied lower required return for an investor in a business similar to ours. The specific factors we considered are discussed in more detail below:

•

Market Conditions—After declining during the first quarter, the equity markets made a strong recovery during the second and third quarters of 2009. From December 31, 2008 to September 30, 2009, the NASDAQ composite index grew by approximately 35% and the S&P 500 index increased by approximately 17%. Access to capital markets also improved substantially over this period as a meaningful increase in mergers and acquisitions, initial public offerings, and debt issuance activity was observed.

•

Comparable Company Valuations—Comparable companies in the healthcare information technology sector outperformed the overall market over the first three quarters of 2009, which is consistent with an improving outlook for the industry overall. The average comparable company share price growth was 50.3%, with a median growth of 47.8%.

•

Economic Outlook—The overall economic outlook in the United States significantly improved from December 2008 to September 2009. The decline in real United States gross domestic product was estimated to have slowed substantially during the second quarter of 2009, and the United States recently estimated that real gross domestic product grew by 3.5% in the third quarter of 2009 due in part to a rebound in the automotive industry; increased government spending on projects and gains in consumer spending. The healthcare industry has benefited from the government’s initiative to create a national health information technology infrastructure.

•

Liquidity Event Time Horizon—Based on improving capital market conditions, we shortened our estimate of the likely time horizon for a liquidity event, which resulted in a reduction in the marketability discount assumed from 25% in December 2008 to 3% in September 2009.

•

Investor Required Return—The stabilization of economic and market conditions over the second and third quarter of 2009, coupled with increasing equity values in the healthcare information technology sector, suggested lower market returns required by investors for companies similar to ours.

The increase in the value of the Series B-1 and B-2 shares at September 30, 2009 of $1.06 and $0.63, respectively to the value of the Series B-1 and B-2 shares of $1.30 and $0.66, respectively based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the terms of the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement was primarily impacted by the assumed cancellation of unvested Series B-1and B-2 shares in connection with this offering partially offset by the dilutive effect of additional yield earned by the Series A shares from October 1, 2009 through November 17, 2009, the assumed closing date of this offering.

The following table shows the equity-based compensation activity for the periods indicated, including weighted-average grant date fair value per share and weighted-average grant date fair value of the shares for financial reporting purposes:


Date of Grant (period ending)	Series B-1 Number of Shares Granted	Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value per Series B-1 Share($)		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value of Series B-1 Shares($)(1)		Series B-2 Number of Shares Granted	Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value per Series B-2 Share($)		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value of Series B-2 Shares($)(1)
March 31, 2008	1,788,000	$	0.44	$	786,720	4,462,000	$	0.28	$	1,249,360
June 30, 2008	—		—		—	—		—		—
September 30, 2008	—		—		—	—		—		—
December 31, 2008	3,212,000		0.19		610,280	8,038,000		0.11		884,180
March 31, 2009	—		—		—	—		—		—
June 30, 2009	—		—		—	—		—		—
September 30, 2009	—		—		—	—		—		—

Total	5,000,000	$	0.28	$	1,397,000	12,500,000	$	0.17	$	2,133,540

(1)	Intrinsic value is the same as the grant date fair value because there is not an exercise price.

We believe that we have used reasonable methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation,” to determine the fair value of our shares. If we had made different assumptions and estimates than those described above, the amount of our recognized and to be recognized equity-based compensation expense and net income (loss) amounts could have been materially different.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations from selected items in our financial statements for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Predecessor			Successor
	Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006			Year Ended December 31,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006			2007			2008			2008			2009
										(unaudited)
Net revenue	$	38,267		$	102,369		$	188,169		$	127,722		$	193,190

Expenses:
Costs of services and products (exclusive of items shown separately below)		12,663			54,318			109,973			72,647			111,251
Bad debt expense (recovery)		(185	)		3,216			9,088			6,536			8,301
Selling, general and administrative		31,744			40,287			56,575			38,988			45,889
Depreciation and amortization expense		676			6,099			12,183			8,689			10,887
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		—			—			25,966			—			—

Total operating costs and expenses		44,898			103,920			213,785			126,860			176,328

Income (loss) from operations		(6,631	)		(1,551	)		(25,616	)		862			16,862
Interest income (expense), net		60			(10,333	)		(20,906	)		(13,214	)		(22,863	)
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps		—			7			(1,945	)		—			(741	)
Equity in net gains of affiliates		1,426			—			—			—			—
Loss on transfer of investment in affiliate		(223	)		—			—			—			—


Loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit (expense)		(5,368	)		(11,877	)		(48,467	)		(12,352	)		(6,742	)

Income tax benefit (expense)		853			5,258			1,409			(554	)		(1,574	)

Loss from continuing operations		(4,515	)		(6,619	)		(47,058	)		(12,906	)		(8,316	)


Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			(732	)		(1,426	)		(1,426	)		—
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—			(1,306	)		(1,306	)		(603	)

Net loss	$	(4,515	)	$	(7,351	)	$	(49,790	)	$	(15,638	)	$	(8,919	)


Adjusted EBITDA	$	1,312		$	6,968		$	18,765		$	12,941		$	30,780

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations as a percentage of revenue from selected items in our financial statements for the periods indicated, (in thousands):


	Predecessor		Successor
	Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006		Year Ended December 31,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006		2007		2008		2008		2009
							(unaudited)
Net revenue	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Expenses:
Costs of services and products (exclusive of items shown separately below)	33.1		53.1		58.4		56.9		57.6
Bad debt expense (recovery)	(0.5	)	3.1		4.8		5.1		4.3
Selling, general and administrative	83.0		39.4		30.1		30.5		23.8
Depreciation and amortization expense	1.8		6.0		6.5		6.8		5.6
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets	—		—		13.8		—		—

Total operating costs and expenses	117.4		101.6		113.6		99.3		91.3

Income (loss) from operations	(17.4	)	(1.6	)	(13.6	)	0.7		8.7
Interest income (expense), net	0.2		(10.1	)	(11.1	)	(10.3	)	(11.8	)
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps	—		—		(1.0	)	—		(0.4	)
Equity in net gains of affiliates	3.7		—		—		—		—
Loss on transfer of investment in affiliate	(0.6	)	—		—		—		—

Loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit (expense)	(14.1	)	(11.7	)	(25.7	)	(9.6	)	(3.5	)
Income tax benefit (expense)	2.2		5.1		0.7		(0.4	)	(0.8	)

Loss from continuing operations	(11.9	)	(6.6	)	(25.0	)	(10.0	)	(4.3	)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—		(0.7	)	(0.8	)	(1.1	)	—
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax	—		—		(0.7	)	(1.0	)	(0.3	)

Net loss	(11.9	)%	(7.3	)%	(26.5	)%	(12.1	)%	(4.6	)%


Adjusted EBITDA	3.4	%	6.8	%	10.0	%	10.1	%	15.9	%

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

A non-GAAP financial measure is generally defined as one that purports to measure historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows, but excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable GAAP measure. In this prospectus, we define and use Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, as set forth below.

We use Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance on a consistent basis from period to period that, when viewed in combination with our results under GAAP and the following reconciliation, we believe provides a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP measures alone. We believe Adjusted EBITDA assists our board of directors, management and investors in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis because they remove the impact of our capital structure, such as interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs, asset base, such as depreciation and amortization, items outside the control of our management team, such as income taxes, as well as other non-cash items, such as impairment of intangibles, purchase accounting adjustments, equity-based compensation expense and impairment of intangible assets, and non-recurring items, such as litigation expenses and acquisition costs, from our operations.

Despite the importance of this measure in analyzing our compensation and evaluating our operating performance, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and it should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of liquidity or free cash flow for our discretionary use.

Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA are:

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements to service interest or principal payments under our credit agreements;

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments we are required to make; and

•

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, you should review the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. You should also review the reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, which may differ from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to loss from continuing operations, a comparable GAAP based measure. All of the items included in the reconciliation from loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA are either (i) non-cash items, such as depreciation and amortization, equity-based compensation expense, purchase accounting adjustments and impairment of intangible assets, (ii) items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance, such as income taxes and interest expense, or (iii) non-recurring items. In the case of the non-cash items, our management believes that investors can better assess our comparative operating performance because the measures without such items are less susceptible to variances in actual performance resulting from depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges and more reflective of other factors that affect operating performance. In the case of the other items, our management believes that investors can better assess our operating performance if the measures are presented without these items because their financial impact does not reflect ongoing operating performance.

The following is a reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (in thousands):


	Predecessor			Successor
	Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006			December 31, 2007			December 31, 2008			Nine Months Ended September 30,
	Period From January 1, 2006 Through December 30, 2006			December 31, 2007			December 31, 2008			2008			2009
										(unaudited)
Loss from continuing operations	$	(4,515	)	$	(6,619	)	$	(47,058	)	$	(12,906	)	$	(8,316	)
Depreciation and amortization		676			6,099			12,183			8,689			10,887
Amortization of capitalized software development		—			2,000			2,375			1,715			702
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets		—			—			25,966			—			—
Interest expense, net		(60	)		10,333			20,906			13,214			22,863
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps		—			(7	)		1,945			—			741
Equity in net gains of affiliates		(1,426	)		—			—			—			—
Loss on transfer of investment in affiliate		223			—			—			—			—
Income tax (benefit) expense		(853	)		(5,258	)		(1,409	)		554			1,574
Severance and integration costs(a)		7,267			—			3,314			1,542			1,768
Equity-based compensation expense		—			420			543			133			561

Adjusted EBITDA	$	1,312		$	6,968		$	18,765		$	12,941		$	30,780

(a)

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, there were severance and integration costs relating to the integration of ChartOne of $3.3 million, $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

Revenue

Our total revenue was $193.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $127.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $65.5 million, or 51.3%. ROI services revenue was $165.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $98.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $66.3 million, or 67.1%. The increase in ROI services revenue was primarily attributable to a $57.6 million increase in revenue from the acquisition of ChartOne in September 2008, as well as a $8.7 million increase from organic ROI revenue growth.

Software and other services revenue was $28.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $28.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, a decrease of $.8 million, or 2.8%, due primarily to a decrease in new software sales.

Costs of Services and Products

Our costs of services and products were $111.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $72.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $38.7 million, or 53.3%. As a percentage of revenue, our total costs of services and products increased to 57.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to 56.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The increase in costs of services and products was primarily attributable to the ROI services segment.

Our costs for our ROI services segment were $98.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $58.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $39.5 million, or 67.2%. As a percentage of ROI revenue, our ROI services costs were 59.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and September 30, 2009. The increase in ROI services costs was primarily attributable to the acquisition of ChartOne, which had a higher operating expense base, as well as severance and other costs associated with the integration of ChartOne. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, severance and other integration costs were $1.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Our costs for our software and other services segment were $12.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $13.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 7.2% primarily related to a decrease in variable costs due to the decrease in revenue. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, software and other services segment costs included amortization of capitalized software development of $.7 million and $1.7 million, respectively. As a percentage of software and other services revenue, our software and other services costs decreased to 46.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to 48.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

Bad Debt Expense

Our total bad debt expense was $8.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $6.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of approximately $1.8 million, or 27.7%. The increase in total dollars of bad debt expense was primarily attributable to the increase in revenue from the acquisition of ChartOne. As a percentage of total revenue, bad debt decreased to 4.3% for the first nine months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to 5.1% for the first nine months ended September 30, 2008.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Our total selling, general and administrative expense was $45.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $39.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $6.9 million, or 17.7%. This increase was primarily attributable to additional operating expenses relating to the acquisition of ChartOne, as well as expenses associated with the integration of ChartOne. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, severance and other integration costs were $.8 million and $1.4 million, respectively. In addition, we incurred $.6 million of equity-based compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and $0.1 million of equity-based compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. These expenses were partially offset through the elimination of costs within our software and other services segment. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense decreased to 23.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to 30.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, primarily attributable to operating efficiencies and synergies achieved through the ChartOne acquisition.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Our depreciation and amortization expense was $10.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $8.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $2.2 million, or 25.3%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in depreciation and amortization expense associated with the acquisition of ChartOne. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, we included amortization of capitalized software development of $1.7 million and $.7 million, respectively, in our software and other services costs.

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income

Our interest expense was $22.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $13.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of approximately $9.7 million, or 73.5%. The increase in interest expense was due to the new debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of ChartOne in September 2008.

Income Taxes

Our income tax expense was $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to an income tax expense of $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, which resulted in an effective income tax rate of approximately (23.4)% and (4.5)%, respectively. For the period ended September 30, 2009, the income tax expense is solely related to the change in the deferred income tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets during the period, which is not a component of the net deferred income tax asset being offset by a valuation allowance at September 30, 2009. The change in the deferred income tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets is attributable to amortization claimed for income tax purposes, but not for financial accounting purposes during the period. For the period ended September 30, 2008, the differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate were caused by adjustments related to state income taxes, non-deductible interest expense and non-deductible equity compensation.

The variability in the effective income tax rate between the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was primarily driven by subsequent changes in the valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred income tax assets, excluding the deferred income tax liability recorded related to indefinite lived intangible assets, in connection with the 2008 acquisition of ChartOne and prior year reconciliation adjustments. On a prospective basis, our management believes that the company will record tax expense as opposed to a tax benefit and management further believes that the effective income tax rate will not be consistent as the ratio of the period income tax expense recorded from the change in the deferred income tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets to the period pre-tax financial accounting income (loss) fluctuates. Our management expects that this condition should recur as long as we maintain the conclusion that a full valuation allowance is necessary to be recorded against the net deferred income tax asset, which will exclude the deferred income tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance we evaluate all available positive and negative evidence as to whether the deferred tax assets are more-likely than not to be realized. As we have experienced cumulative pre-tax losses for the last three years on a combined basis, we have concluded that a full valuation allowance is required to be recorded against our net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, excluding the deferred tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for all future periods until sufficient positive evidence exists to conclude that the recorded deferred tax asset is more likely than not to be realized. While it is uncertain when we will change our conclusion on the need for a valuation allowance, factors that will provide additional positive evidence to support the release of the valuation allowance include multiple quarters of positive pre-tax earnings and the existence of deferred tax liabilities that will reverse in future periods, allowing for the deferred tax assets to be realized. In a period in which we conclude that sufficient positive evidence exists that no valuation allowance would be necessary, the remaining valuation allowance will be released through the income statement as an income tax benefit, causing a distortion in the effective income tax rate. Our management expects that the effective income tax rate for all periods beginning after the period in which the valuation allowance is released should be consistent with the blended statutory United States federal and state income tax rates as compared with the effective income tax rates for the recent financial reporting periods.

As of September 30, 2009, we do not believe that the gross recorded unrecognized tax benefits will materially change within the next twelve months. See note 13 in the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information about our income taxes.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA was $30.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $12.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $17.9 million or 138.8%. As a percentage of revenue, Adjusted EBITDA increased to 15.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to 10.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. This increase was due to the acquisition of ChartOne, continued growth within our ROI services segment and enhanced operating efficiencies relating to the integration of ChartOne. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” on page 58.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

Revenue

Our total revenue was $188.2 million for 2008 compared to $102.4 million in 2007, an increase of $85.8 million, or 83.8%. This increase was primarily attributable to the ROI services segment. ROI services revenue was $149.8 million in 2008 compared to $64.7 million in 2007, an increase of $85.1 million, or 131.5%. The increase in ROI services revenue was primarily attributable to a $59.2 million increase in revenue from the acquisition of SDS in June 2007, a $21.2 million increase in revenue from the acquisition of ChartOne in September 2008 and a $4.7 million increase from organic ROI revenue growth.

Software and other services revenue was $38.3 million in 2008 compared to $37.7 million in 2007, an increase of $0.6 million, or 1.6%. The increase in software and other services revenue was primarily attributable to a $2.1 million increase in revenue relating to an increase in healthcare coding and consulting revenue from the acquisition of SDS in June 2007, which was partially offset by a decrease of $1.5 million in new software sales.

Costs of Services and Products

Our costs of services and products were $110.0 million in 2008 compared to $54.3 million in 2007, an increase of $55.7 million, or 102.6%. As a percentage of revenue, our total costs of services and products increased to 58.4% of revenue in 2008 compared to 53.1% of revenue in 2007. The increase in costs was primarily attributable to the ROI services segment.

Our costs for the ROI services segment were $91.3 million in 2008 compared to $38.6 million in 2007, an increase of $52.7 million, or 136.5%. As a percentage of ROI revenue, our ROI services segment costs increased to 60.9% in 2008 compared to 59.7% in 2007. The increase in ROI services costs, in total dollar amount and as a percentage of revenue, was primarily attributable to costs associated with the acquisitions of SDS in June 2007 and ChartOne in September 2008, as well as $1.1 million of severance and other costs relating to the integration of ChartOne.

Our costs for our software and other services segment were $18.7 million in 2008 compared to $15.7 million in 2007, an increase of $3.0 million, or 19.1%. In 2008 and 2007, we include amortization of capitalized software development of approximately $2.4 million and $2.0

million, respectively, in software and other services segment costs. As a percentage of software and other services revenue, our software and other services costs increased to 48.8% in 2008 compared to 41.6% in 2007. The increase in software and other services costs, in total dollar amount and as a percentage of revenue, was primarily attributable to costs associated with the acquisition of SDS in June 2007.

Bad Debt Expense

Our total bad debt expense was $9.1 in 2008 compared to $3.2 million in 2007, an increase of $5.9 million. The increase in total dollars was primarily attributable to a higher revenue base as a result of the acquisitions of SDS and ChartOne.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Our total selling, general and administrative expense was $56.6 million in 2008 compared to $40.3 million in 2007, an increase of $16.3 million, or 40.4%. This increase was primarily attributable to expenses relating to the acquisition of SDS in June 2007. In addition, we incurred $2.2 million of severance and other expenses relating to the integration of ChartOne, as well as $0.5 million of equity-based compensation expense in 2008 compared to $0.4 million of equity-based compensation expense in 2007. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense decreased to 30.1% in 2008 compared to 39.4% in 2007 primarily attributable to operating efficiencies and synergies achieved through the acquisitions of SDS and ChartOne.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Our depreciation and amortization expense was $12.2 million in 2008 compared to $6.1 million in 2007, an increase of $6.1 million, or 100.0%. This increase was primarily attributable to increased depreciation and amortization relating to the acquisitions of SDS and ChartOne. In 2008 and 2007, we include amortization of capitalized software development costs of $2.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively, in software and other services costs.

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income

Our interest expense was $20.9 million in 2008 compared to $10.3 million in 2007, an increase of $10.6 million, or 102.9%. This increase was primarily attributable to the increase of debt associated with the acquisition of SDS in June 2007 and the acquisition of ChartOne in September 2008.

Income Taxes

Our income tax benefit was $1.4 million in 2008 compared to $5.3 million in 2007, which resulted in an effective income tax rate of 2.9% and 44.3%, respectively. In 2008, the differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate were caused by adjustments related to non-deductible interest expense, non-deductible goodwill impairment expense, prior year reconciliation adjustments, state income taxes and the change in the valuation allowance during the year, which was not established in connection with the ChartOne acquisition. In 2007, the differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate were caused by adjustments related to non-deductible equity compensation, state income taxes and prior year reconciliation adjustments. See note 13 in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 contained elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information about our income taxes.

The variability in the effective income tax rate between 2008 and 2007 was primarily driven by subsequent changes in the valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred income tax assets, excluding the deferred income tax liability recorded related to indefinite lived intangible assets, in connection with the 2008 acquisition of ChartOne and the impact of the goodwill impairment charge recorded during 2008. On a prospective basis, we believe that the company will record an income tax expense as opposed to a benefit and we further believe that the effective income tax rate will not be consistent as the ratio of the period income tax expense recorded from the change in the deferred income tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets to the period pre-tax financial accounting income (loss) fluctuates. Our management expects that this condition should recur as long as we maintain the conclusion that a full valuation allowance is necessary to be recorded against the net deferred income tax asset, which will exclude the deferred income tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance management evaluates all available positive and negative evidence as to whether the deferred tax assets is more-likely than not to be realized. As the Company has experienced cumulative pre-tax losses for the last three years on a combined basis, Management has concluded that a full valuation allowance is required to be recorded against its net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008, excluding the deferred tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets. Management expects to maintain this full valuation allowance for all future periods until sufficient positive evidence exists to conclude that the recorded deferred tax asset is more likely than not to be realized. While the timing in which management expects to change its conclusion on the need for a valuation allowance is uncertain, factors that will provide additional positive evidence to support the release of the valuation allowance include multiple quarters of positive pre-tax earnings and the existence of deferred tax liabilities that will reverse in future periods, allowing for the deferred tax assets to be realized. In a period in which we conclude that sufficient positive evidence exists that no valuation allowance would be necessary, the remaining valuation allowance will be released through the income statement as an income tax benefit, causing a distortion in the effective income tax rate. Our management expects that the effective income tax rate for all periods beginning after the period in which the valuation allowance is released should be consistent with the blended statutory United States federal and state income tax rates as compared with the effective income tax rates for the recent financial reporting periods.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA was $18.8 million in 2008 compared to $7.0 million in 2007, an increase of $11.8 million, or 168.6%. As a percentage of revenue, our Adjusted EBITDA increased to 10.0% for 2008 compared to 6.8% in 2007. These increases were due to the acquisitions of SDS and ChartOne and enhanced operating efficiencies due to the integration of ChartOne. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” on page 58.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006

The comparison below includes operating results of Companion from January 1, 2006 up to the date of acquisition, December 30, 2006. There were no material operating results on December 31, 2006 as it fell on a Sunday.

Revenue

Our total revenue was $102.4 million in 2007 compared to $38.3 million for the period from January 1, 2006 to December 30, 2006, or the 2006 period, an increase of $64.1 million, or 167.4%. ROI services segment revenue was $64.7 million in 2007. We did not provide ROI services in 2006.

Software and other services segment revenue was $37.7 million in 2007 compared to $38.3 million in the 2006 period, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 1.6%. The decrease in software and other services revenue was primarily attributable to a $4.5 million decrease in revenue from new software sales, which was partially offset by an increase of $3.9 million in revenue from our healthcare coding and consulting revenue business and other software sales relating to the acquisition of SDS in June 2007.

Costs of Services and Products

Our costs of services and products were $54.3 million in 2007 compared to $12.7 million in the 2006 period, an increase of $41.6 million or 327.6%. As a percentage of revenue, our total costs of services and products increased to 53.1% of revenue in 2007 compared to 33.1% of revenue in the 2006 period.

Our costs for the ROI services segment were $38.6 million in 2007. As a percentage of revenue, our ROI services segment costs were 59.7% in 2007. We did not provide ROI services in the 2006 period. We began to provide ROI services in June 2007 as a result of the acquisition of SDS.

Our costs for our software and other services segment were $15.7 million in 2007 compared to $12.7 million in the 2006 period, an increase of $3.0 million, or 23.6%. In 2007, we included amortization of capitalized software development of $2.0 million in software and other services costs. As a percentage of software and other services revenue, our software and other costs increased to 41.6% in 2007 compared to 33.1% in the 2006 period. The increase in software and other services costs, in total dollar amount and as a percentage of ROI revenue, was primarily attributable to solutions included in the SDS acquisition in June 2007.

Bad Debt Expense

Our total bad debt expense was $3.2 million in 2007 compared to a credit of $0.2 million in the 2006 period, an increase of $3.4 million. The increase in total dollars was primarily attributable to increased revenue associated with the acquisition of SDS in June 2007.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Our total selling, general and administrative expense was $40.3 million in 2007 compared to $31.7 million in the 2006 period, an increase of $8.6 million, or 27.1%. This increase was primarily attributable to expenses relating to the acquisition of SDS in June 2007, partially offset through the elimination of a $2.8 million corporate allocation from Blue Cross and Blue Shield of South Carolina, as well as the elimination of $4.5 million in expenses present in Companion in the 2006 period. In addition, we incurred $0.4 million of equity-based compensation expense in 2007. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense decreased to 39.4% in 2007 compared to 83.0% in 2006 primarily attributable to operating efficiencies and synergies achieved through the acquisition of SDS.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Our depreciation and amortization expense was $6.1 million in 2007 compared to $0.7 million in the 2006 period, an increase of $5.4 million, or 771.4%. This increase was primarily attributable to increased depreciation and amortization expense related to the acquisition of SDS. In 2007, we included amortization of capitalized software development of $2.0 million in our software and other services costs.

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income

Our interest expense was $10.3 million in 2007 compared to interest income of $0.1 million in the 2006 period, an increase of $10.4 million. This increase was primarily attributable to additional debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of SDS in June 2007.

Income Taxes

Our income tax benefit was $5.3 million in 2007 compared to $0.9 million in the 2006 period, which resulted in an effective income tax rate of 44.3% and 15.9%, respectively. In 2007, the differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate were caused by adjustments related to non-deductible equity compensation, state income taxes and prior year reconciliation adjustments. In 2006, the difference between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate were caused by adjustments related to the annual change in the valuation allowance, state income taxes and changes in the income tax contingency reserve. See note 13 in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the period ended December 30, 2006 contained elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information about our income taxes.

The variability in the effective income tax rate between 2006 and 2007 was primarily driven by the changes in the valuation allowance during the period ended December 30, 2006 against the net deferred income tax assets, excluding the deferred income tax liability recorded related to indefinite lived intangible assets, which did not occur during the period ended December 31, 2007. We determined that no valuation allowance was necessary to be recorded against the net deferred income tax assets during the period ended December 31, 2007, as sufficient positive evidence existed that it was more likely than not that we would ultimately realize the net deferred income tax assets, primarily as a result of the acquisition of Smart Holdings Corporation in June 2007. We believe that the variability in the effective income tax rate between 2006 and 2007 was an unusual occurrence and not an indication of the expected effective tax rate on a prospective basis.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA in 2007 was $7.0 million compared to $1.3 million in the 2006 period. As a percentage of revenue, our Adjusted EBITDA was 6.8% in 2007 compared to 3.4% in the 2006 period. This increase was due to the acquisition of SDS in June 2007 and the elimination of expenses in our software and other services segment in 2007. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” on page 58.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

We are a holding company with no material business operations. Our principal asset is the equity interests we own in our direct and indirect subsidiaries through which, we conduct all of our business operations. Accordingly, our only material sources of cash are dividends or other distributions or payments that are derived from earnings and cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.

We have financed our operations primarily through cash provided by operating activities, equity issuances and borrowings under our credit agreement. These sources of financing have been our principal sources of liquidity to date. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of our indebtedness and the balance, if any, for working capital and general corporate purposes. We believe that our existing cash on hand, the net proceeds from

this offering, cash generated from operating activities and available borrowings under our revolving credit agreement will be sufficient to service our existing debt, finance internal growth, fund capital expenditures and fund small to mid-size acquisitions.

As of September 30, 2009, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.2 million as compared to $5.8 million as of December 31, 2008 and $7.2 million as of December 31, 2007. Our total indebtedness was $247.4 million as of September 30, 2009.

Our principal needs for liquidity have been, and for the foreseeable future will continue to be, for debt service, working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions. Working capital requirements increased as a result of our growth and acquisitions. The main portion of our capital expenditures has been and is expected to continue to be for computer and related equipment to support our scanning and printing operations within the ROI services segment. We believe that our cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents and available borrowings under the revolving portion of our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs, including for capital expenditures, through at least the next 12 months. Our existing revolving credit facility and our senior term loan do not mature until September 22, 2013. We anticipate that to the extent that we require additional liquidity, it will be funded through borrowings under our credit facility, the incurrence of other indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential sources of liquidity. The credit markets have been experiencing extreme volatility and disruption that have reached unprecedented levels. In many cases, the market for new debt financing is extremely limited and in some cases not available at all. In addition the markets have increased the uncertainty that lenders will be able to comply with their previous commitments. As such, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain this additional liquidity on reasonable terms or at all. Additionally, our liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations and fund our capital requirements is also dependent on our future financial performance, which is subject to general economic, financial and other factors that are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available under our credit facilities or otherwise to meet our liquidity needs.

Although we have no specific current plans to do so, if we decide to pursue one or more significant strategic acquisitions, we may incur additional debt or sell additional equity to finance the purchase of those businesses.

Cash Flows

As of September 30, 2009 and as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and the period ended December 30, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.2 million, $5.8 million, $7.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

Our cash provided by (used in) operations is generally derived from cash receipts generated by our customers. Our primary source of cash from operations is cash from customer accounts receivables. The majority of our accounts receivable and revenue is derived from our ROI services segment. The typical credit terms under our customer contracts are 30 days and our collection efforts are primarily at the requestor level. As a result, our days sales outstanding usually runs approximately 50 days. See “— Days Sales Outstanding.” Our accounts receivable has increased primarily due to acquisitions and organic revenue growth. Cash collections from our customers for both of our segments for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 was $115.0 million, $177.5 million, $118.4 million and $180.6 million, respectively. Our cash collections for the year ended December 31, 2007 included $12.9 million of accounts receivable acquired in connection with our acquisition of SDS in June 2007 and our cash collections for the year ended December 31,

2008 included $7.7 million of accounts receivable acquired in connection with our acquisition of ChartOne in September 2008. We consider ourselves to be primarily a provider of services. Accordingly, a significant use of our cash relates to our payroll and payroll related expenses. Cash payments for both of our segments for payroll and payroll related expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 were $61.8 million, $95.5 million, $62.4 million and $95.9 million, respectively. Another significant use of cash relates to cash paid on our indebtedness. Cash paid for interest for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $10.4 million, $16.8 million, $9.1 million and $14.9 million, respectively.

We have not utilized borrowings available under our senior secured credit facility to fund operations. However, based on the timing of debt service payments, we have used the revolving credit facility in the past. Our cash flows in operations can have fluctuations from period to period due to unforeseen factors. These factors may include changes in working capital from inconsistent timing of cash receipts and payments for items such as accounts payable, incentive compensation, changes in deferred revenue, interest payments and other various items. In addition, significant acquisitions and organic growth impact the incremental net cash flows from operations due to growth in revenue.

Investing activities have been substantially used for purchases of businesses. We believe that investing activities could be materially impacted by future acquisitions. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we had acquisition costs of $195.4 million and $96.5 million, respectively and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 we had acquisition costs of $96.5 million. Our capital expenditures are typically for routine purchases of computer equipment to maintain and upgrade our technology infrastructure. We have made additional purchases of computer and related equipment to support the revenue from our recent acquisitions of SDS and ChartOne, as well as leases for some of the equipment necessary to support the acquired revenue. We anticipate future capital expenditures for maintenance, support and enhancements of existing technology and continued investments in new technologies. In addition, we have made software development investments, which consist primarily of our design, development, testing and deployment of new applications and new functionality to existing applications. Although we have financed some of these purchases in the past, we anticipate funding future capital expenditures with cash flows from operations.

Financing activities have been substantially used for funding the acquisitions of SDS and ChartOne, as well as the leased equipment needed for the integration of ChartOne. In 2007, we used the borrowings under our prior credit facility primarily for the acquisition of SDS. In 2008, the borrowings under our senior secured credit facility were used primarily for the acquisition of ChartOne. In 2009, financing activities have been primarily used for payments under our term loan, use of the revolving line of credit for timing of working capital with the newly acquired revenue and capital purchases as well as payments on capital leases. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we had net borrowings of $194.8 million and $99.4 million, respectively, primarily for the SDS and ChartOne acquisitions.

We intend to continue to expand our business primarily through acquiring additional customers, providing additional services to current customers and acquiring businesses. We believe that internally generated funds, together with borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, will be adequate to satisfy our working capital requirements. Future expansion of our business may require us to obtain additional debt or equity if internally generated funds and the funds available under our senior secured credit facility are inadequate to meet such needs. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such additional debt or equity on favorable terms, or at all.

Days Sales Outstanding

The majority of our revenue is derived from our ROI services segment. Our ROI revenue is generated by entering into contracts with hospitals, health systems and physician clinics. These organizations are required by law to provide patient health records to authorized requestors, including patients, healthcare organizations, insurance companies, attorneys and others. Hospitals, health systems and physician clinics are allowed by law to charge for these services and our ROI customers allow us to charge a flat fee plus a per-page fee in accordance with a fee schedule established by state regulation for the retrieval and delivery of the health record directly to the requestors. Because we bill per page, our accounts receivable is made up of thousands of small dollar transactions.

The typical credit terms are 30 days, and our collection efforts are primarily at the requestor level. We bill several hundred thousand transactions each month to requestors, including attorneys, insurance companies, government agencies, healthcare institutions and individuals. As a result, our days sales outstanding, or DSO, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, are approximately 54 days at the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Our accounts receivable balance has increased primarily due to the increase in revenue resulting from the SDS and ChartOne acquisitions. We process in excess of twenty thousand transactions per day. Our average price per billable request in 2008 was $38.00. However, individual patient requests average less than $25.00. We focus our collection efforts on our largest facilities and requestors. Our collection efforts on our smaller facilities and individual patients primarily include mailing statements, which we continue to send until these individual patient accounts become past due, at which point we start to send dunning notices. Our collection history starts to decrease more significantly after 180 days and while we continue to collect from these individual requestors after this time period, we typically do so at a lower percentage rate. We have set our credit terms to 30 days and this has improved our collection efforts; however, some of our customers have not complied with our 30 day credit terms. Our days of sale outstanding have trended at the 50 day range level. Our accounts receivable allowance represents 31%, 30% and 27% of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2007, 2008 and at September 30, 2009 based on our average billable request being approximately $38.00. Given this small amount, we maintain these in our accounts receivable until we believe, based on our experience, our dunning notices are no longer effective and collection is unlikely. In addition, given the nature of our business and our industry practices we do not have the ability to collect these small dollar billable requests at the point of delivery of our ROI services and must bill these small amounts after our ROI services are provided. Other than mailing statements and dunning letters, we do not pursue these outstanding small dollar invoices that relate to thousands of individual patients as it is not cost effective.

We estimate our provision for doubtful accounts primarily based on cash collection analysis, accounts receivable aging reports, as well as DSO. Approximately 10% of our ROI revenue and 50% of our bad debt expense is related to small dollar billings to individuals. We send statements and dunning notices to collect these invoices. This also has an impact on our allowance for doubtful accounts, which is approximately one-third of our gross receivables. We continue to collect these receivables between 180 and 365 days at a rate of less than 10%. Our policy is to write-off accounts receivable at the earlier of when they are deemed to be uncollectable or after 365 days. We use cash collection analysis, accounts receivable agings, write offs and DSO’s to determine the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. As part of our analysis we consider trends related to all of our groups of requestors including individual patient requestors. We currently reserve on the ROI accounts receivable starting in the current aging categories and increase the reserve progressively across the aging categories. We utilize third party collection agencies once our accounts are written-off and continue to receive

recoveries from these efforts, including from our individual patient requesters. These recoveries are also included in our analysis of our allowance for doubtful accounts.

Our business has grown substantially through two significant acquisitions and, accordingly, the bad debt expense has also increased. We bill revenue daily and, consequently, the number of business days in a month can greatly impact cash collections as well as accounts receivable. This variance can create volatility in our working capital. We increased our revenue 84% from the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period ended December 31, 2007, and 51% from the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to September 30, 2008, primarily due to the SDS and ChartOne acquisitions.

We believe that DSO is an important measure of collections on our accounts receivable, as well as our liquidity. Our DSO’s by segment are as follows:


	Year Ended		Nine Months Ended
	December 31, 2007	December 31, 2008	September 30, 2008	September 30, 2009
DSO - ROI	49.51	49.11	43.49	53.95
DSO - Software and Other Services	45.86	38.06	30.58	35.81

Net Operating Losses

CT Technologies Intermediate (Topco) Holdings, Inc., or CT Topco, our wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, is organized as a corporation, and is not a pass-through entity for tax purposes. As a result, CT Topco pays federal and state taxes. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, CT Topco and its subsidiaries had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $40 million and approximately $126.0 million, respectively, subject to annual utilization limitations pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382. At December 31, 2008, approximately $100.0 million of the total federal net operating loss carryforward of $126.0 million was subject to pre-existing annual utilization limitation pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382. If not utilized, the federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire between 2012 and 2028. At December 31, 2008, CT Topco and its subsidiaries have $0.1 million of federal general business tax credits which will expire between 2008 and 2025 if not utilized. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, CT Topco and its subsidiaries have state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.3 million and approximately $90.4 million, respectively, which have various dates of expiration.

Credit Facility

Our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, CT Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC, or CT Intermediate, is party to a senior secured credit facility, with GE Capital Corporation, as Agent and Collateral Agent, Newstar Financial, Inc. as Co-Lead Arranger, Syndication Agent and Joint Bookrunner, The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, Maranon Capital, L.P and Ares Capital Corporation each, each as a Co-Documentation Agent and other lenders party thereto, or the Lenders.

The credit agreement provides for a (i) $130.0 million term loan facility and (ii) a revolving loan facility with a $20.0 million aggregate loan commitment amount available, including a sub-facility for letters of credit equal to the lesser of $5.0 million or the unused revolving loan commitment and a $2.0 million swingline facility. We used the proceeds of the term loan to acquire ChartOne in September 2008 and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The revolving credit facility is available for working capital and other general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2009, (i) $122.7 million was outstanding under the

term loan facility and (ii) $9.6 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility without giving effect to $3.5 million of outstanding but undrawn letters of credit on such date. The amount outstanding under our senior secured credit facility as of September 30, 2009 was $132.3 million.

Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest based upon a fixed spread above the banks’ prime lending rate or the LIBOR lending rate. The borrowings under the term loan facility bear interest at September 30, 2009 at 8.7%. The borrowings under the revolving loan facility bear interest at September 30, 2009 at 8.0%.

The term loan facility matures on September 22, 2013 and the revolving loan facility matures on September 22, 2013. We are required to make quarterly principal amortization payments in the respective amounts set forth for the following periods: (1) $2,437,500 for the period of March 31, 2009 through and including December 31, 2009; (2) $3,250,000 for the period of March 31, 2010 through and including December 31, 2010; (3) $4,062,500 for the period of March 31, 2011 through and including December 31, 2011; (4) $4,875,000 for the period of March 31, 2012 through, but not including September 22, 2013. No principal payments are due on the revolving loan facility until the revolving facility maturity date.

In connection with this offering, we will obtain an amendment to the credit agreement, which will modify the required quarterly principal amortization payments. We will be required to make quarterly principal amortization payments in the respective amounts set forth for the following periods: (1) $2,437,500 for the period of March 31, 2009 through and including December 31, 2009; (2) $4,062,500 for the period of March 31, 2010 through and including December 31, 2010; (3) $4,875,000 for the period of March 31, 2011 through and including December 31, 2011; (4) $5,687,500 for the period of March 31, 2012 through, but not including September 22, 2013. No principal payments are due on the revolving loan facility until the revolving facility maturity date.

In addition, our credit agreement contains financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional debt and engage in other activities. For example, our credit agreement includes covenants restricting, among other things, our ability to declare dividends, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock, prepay, redeem or repurchase other debt, incur liens or grant negative pledges, make loans and investments and enter into acquisitions and joint ventures, incur additional indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter the acquisition documents or any debt agreements, make capital expenditures, engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, conduct transactions with affiliates, alter the nature of the businesses, or change our or our subsidiaries’ fiscal year. In addition, our loans and other obligations under the credit agreement are guaranteed, subject to specified limitations, by our present and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Our credit agreement also requires us to maintain certain financial ratios. We must maintain a maximum total leverage ratio, for the rolling period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter, of not more than 5.75 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009, 5.50 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, 5.25 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2010, 5.00 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2010, 4.75 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 4.50 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2011, 4.25 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2011, 4.00 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, 3.75 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2012, and 3.50 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, September 30, 2013 and all fiscal quarters ending thereafter. At December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our total leverage ratio was

5.42, 5.51, 5.57 and 5.29, respectively. At September 30, 2009, a decrease in our consolidated EBITDA of 8.6% would cause us not to be in compliance with our total leverage ratio under our credit agreement.

We must also maintain a senior leverage ratio, for the rolling period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter, of not more than 3.75 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, 3.50 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2009, March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, 3.25 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2010, 3.00 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2010, 2.75 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 2.50 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2011, 2.25 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2011, 2.00 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012, December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 13, 2013, September 30, 2013 and each fiscal quarter ending thereafter. At December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our senior leverage ratio was 3.53, 3.58, 3.60 and 3.41, respectively. At September 30, 2009, a decrease in our consolidated EBITDA of 10% would cause us not to be in compliance with our senior leverage ratio under our credit agreement.

We are required to maintain a minimum consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, plus an amount equal to 82.5% of the historical consolidated EBITDA of any entity acquired during the relevant period for the rolling period most recently ended prior to such acquisition, of $28.5 million as of December 31, 2008, $29.3 million as of March 31, 2009, $30.6 million as of June 30, 2009, $32.9 million as of September 30, 2009 and $35.8 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our consolidated EBITDA was $30.2 million, $31.4 million, $33.2 million and $37.9 million, respectively.

We must additionally maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio for (i) the rolling period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter during the period of December 31, 2008 through March 31, 2011, a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.05 to 1.00 and (ii) for the rolling period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter during the period of June 30, 2011 and thereafter, a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00. At December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our fixed charge coverage ratio was 3.74, 2.07, 1.55 and 1.41, respectively. At September 30, 2009, a decrease in our consolidated EBITDA of 22.0% would cause us not to be in compliance with our fixed charge coverage ratio under our credit agreement.

We believe that our cash position and cash from operations, together with a decrease in the amount of indebtedness outstanding upon the application of the net proceeds received from this offering, will be adequate to maintain compliance with the financial ratios described above for the foreseeable future. If we are not able to comply with or amend the covenants or financial ratios of our senior secured credit facility in the future, it may result in an event of default under the credit agreement which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our credit agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable, require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these amounts and exercise other remedies as set forth in the credit agreement. If the indebtedness under our credit agreement were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.

Senior Subordinated Notes

On September 22, 2008, CT Intermediate, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a note purchase agreement with the purchasers named therein for a total of $75.0 million in 75

aggregate principal amount of 14.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due March 22, 2014. The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed by all or our current and future domestic subsidiaries. Interest is payable quarterly on the first business day of January, April, July and October at a 12.0% interest rate for cash payments and a 2.0% interest rate for payments in-kind, or PIK. For PIK payments, the associated quarterly interest becomes additional principal on which interest begins to accrue on the date of any such deferral. The amount outstanding on the Senior Subordinated Notes as of September 30, 2009 is $76.6 million.

In addition, the note purchase agreement contains financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional debt and engage in other activities. For example, the note purchase agreement includes covenants restricting, among other things, our ability to incur indebtedness senior in right to the payment of the notes, engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, make investments, loans or advances, incur additional indebtedness subject to exceptions, including certain subordinated obligations not to exceed an aggregate of $15.0 million, conduct transactions with affiliates, change our capital structure, incur liens subject to exceptions, including liens securing indebtedness not exceeding $3.45 million in the aggregate, sell, transfer or assign our common stock or assets or change, amend or refinance our senior secured credit facility.

We are required to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio, for the rolling period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter, of not more than 6.33 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009, September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009, 6.05 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, 5.78 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2010, 5.50 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2010, 5.23 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 4.95 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2011, 4.68 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2011, 4.40 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, 4.13 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2012, and 3.85 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, September 30, 2013 and all fiscal quarters ending thereafter. At December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our total leverage ratio was 5.42, 5.51, 5.57 and 5.29, respectively. At September 30, 2009, a decrease in our consolidated EBITDA of 19.6% would cause us not to be in compliance with our total leverage ratio under our credit agreement.

We must also maintain a senior leverage ratio, for the rolling period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter, of not more than 4.13 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, 3.85 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2009, March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, 3.58 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2010, 3.30 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2010, 3.03 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 2.75 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2011, 2.48 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2011, 2.20 to 1.00 as of March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012, December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, September 30, 2013 and each fiscal quarter ending thereafter. At December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our senior leverage ratio was 3.53, 3.58, 3.60 and 3.41, respectively. At September 30, 2009, a decrease in our consolidated EBITDA of 21.1% would cause us not to be in compliance with our senior leverage ratio under our credit agreement.

We are required to maintain a minimum consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of each fiscal quarter the following amounts, plus an amount equal to 75% of the historical consolidated EBITDA of any entity acquired during the relevant period for the rolling period most recently ended prior to such acquisition, of $25.7 million as of December 31, 2008, $26.3 million as of March 31, 2009, $27.5 million as of June 30, 2009, $29.6 million as of September 30, 2009 and $32.2 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our consolidated EBITDA was $30.2 million, $31.4 million, $33.2 million and $37.9 million, respectively.

We must additionally maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (i) for the rolling period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter during the period of December 31, 2008 through March 31, 2011, a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 0.95 to 1.00 and (ii) for the rolling period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter during the period of June 30, 2011 and thereafter, a fixed charge ratio of not less than 0.99 to 1.00. At December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our fixed charge coverage ratio was 3.74, 2.07, 1.55 and 1.41, respectively. At September 30, 2009, a decrease in our consolidated EBITDA of 28.1% would cause us not to be in compliance with our fixed charge coverage ratio under our credit agreement.

We believe that our cash position and cash from operations, together with a decrease in the amount of indebtedness outstanding upon the application of the net proceeds received from this offering, will be adequate to maintain compliance with the financial ratios described above for the foreseeable future. If we are not able to comply with or amend the covenants of note purchase agreement in the future, it may result in an event of default which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the note purchase agreement, the purchasers may elect to declare all outstanding notes due and payable immediately without further action or notice and exercise other remedies as set forth in the note purchase agreement. If the indebtedness under our credit agreement were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.

Senior Preferred Stock

In June 2007, in connection with our acquisition of SDS and pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, we issued to ABRY Partners and its affiliates, our largest stockholder, and Ares Capital Corporation 30,000 shares of senior preferred shares and 7,730 shares of Series C shares for a total offering price of $30.0 million. The securities purchase agreement was amended and restated in September 2008 in connection with our acquisition of ChartOne.

The securities purchase agreement contains certain affirmative and negative covenants. We are also required to comply with financial covenants for maintaining certain levels of leverage and fixed charge coverage.

The senior preferred shares earn a yield of 14% compounded quarterly on the amount of unreturned capital value plus any previously unpaid yield. This yield rate increases to 17% if we have a continuing event of default under the securities purchase agreement. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of our company, the holders of the senior preferred shares would be entitled to receive a liquidation payment in the amount of any unreturned capital plus unpaid yield prior to any distribution to any other members.

In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of our company, the holders of the Series C shares would be entitled to receive a liquidation payment subsequent to the senior preferred shareholders based upon levels of unreturned capital and unpaid yield relating to the Series A shares.

On September 19, 2014, the senior preferred shares must be redeemed by us at the liquidation value as defined in the securities purchase agreement. As of December 31, 2008, the unreturned capital and unpaid yield of the senior preferred shares was $30.0 million and $7.2 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2009, the unreturned capital and unpaid yield of the senior preferred shares was $30.0 million and $11.2 million, respectively. The senior preferred shares were issued at a discount of $3.7 million and accordingly the discount on the senior preferred shares is being accreted using the effective interest method to the mandatory redemption date of September 19, 2014.

The holders of Series C shares have the right to require us to redeem the Series C shares at fair market value, as defined in the securities purchase agreement, on September 19, 2014.

As a result of the corporate reorganization, the Series C shares were exchanged for shares of our common stock prior to effectiveness of this registration statement. In addition, the senior preferred shares, including any amounts relating to unpaid yield, were exchanged for shares of our senior preferred stock prior to effectiveness of this registration statement. The senior preferred stock has substantially similar preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions as the senior preferred shares. These preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions of the senior preferred stock are further described in “Description of Capital Stock — Senior Preferred Stock.”

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

As of December 31, 2008, our contractual obligations and other commitments were as follows:


	Payments due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
	(in thousands)
Long-term debt obligations(a)	$	209,413	$	9,750	$	29,250	$	95,000	$	75,413
Interest costs(b)		92,783		20,270		37,524		32,739		2,250
Capital lease obligations(c)		962		314		637		11		—
Operating lease obligations		12,869		4,792		4,739		3,338		—
Senior Preferred Shares(d)		37,200		—		—		—		37,200

Total	$	353,227	$	35,126	$	72,150	$	131,088	$	114,863

(a)	Represents principal payments only.

(b)

Represents estimated interest costs in such period based on interest rates currently in effect on our outstanding long-term debt as of December 31, 2008. Interest costs exclude the 2% interest rate for deferred payments associated with the Subordinated Notes and the 14% interest rate for deferred payments associated with the Senior Preferred Shares during such period. If held to term, the cumulative payment of the deferred interest under our Subordinated Notes and our Senior Preferred Shares will be $8.3 million and $44.3 million, respectively. See Notes 6 and 10 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(c)	Represents principal and interest payments.

(d)	See Note 10 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet financing arrangements other than our operating leases.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. Our term loan bears interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR or the greater of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus an applicable borrowing margin. Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR or a base rate plus an applicable borrowing margin. For variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

To manage our interest rate exposure and fulfill requirements under our senior secured credit facility, effective December 31, 2008, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements

with HSBC that effectively converted a portion of our debt under our senior secured credit facility from a floating interest rate to a fixed interest rate. Under the first interest rate swap agreement, we exchange with HSBC on a quarterly basis the difference between a fixed rate of 3.65% and the floating interest rate option equal to the USD-LIBOR-BBA calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount of $65.0 million. This interest rate swap agreement will expire on September 30, 2010. The second interest rate swap agreement has a floor under which we exchange with HSBC on a quarterly basis with a floor rate of 3.0% and a floating interest rate option equal to the USD-LIBOR-BBA calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount of $65.0 million and expires on May 31, 2009. On May 29, 2009, this agreement was extended to now expire on August 30, 2011 and changed the fixed rate from 3.65% to 4.35%. The fair value of the two interest rate swaps were $(1.9) million and $(2.7) million, at December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, and are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accrued expenses. Based on the amount outstanding under our senior secured credit facility at September 30, 2009, a change of one percentage point in the applicable interest rate, before the effect of our interest rate swap agreements, would cause an increase or decrease in interest expense of $1.3 million on an annual basis. For further information on the interest rate swap agreements, see note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing costs of labor, supplies and equipment. We do not believe that inflation had any material effect on our results of operations in the periods presented in our financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principle, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This guidance establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the Codification) as the single source of authoritative, nongovernmental U.S. GAAP. The Codification did not change U.S. GAAP. All existing accounting standard documents were superseded and all other accounting literature not included in the Codification is considered non-authoritative. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. Accordingly we have adopted this guidance for the third quarter 2009. The adoption did not have a significant impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, FASB issued No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, or SFAS No. 157, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 825 (“ASC 825”), Financial Instruments. This guidance, among other things, established a framework for measuring fair value and required supplemental disclosures about fair value measurements. The changes resulting from the application of this new accounting pronouncement primarily relate to the definition of fair value and the methods used to measure fair value. This guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. However, the FASB subsequently deferred this guidance for one year insofar as it relates to certain non-financial assets and liabilities.

We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2008, except for the provisions relating to non-financial assets and liabilities that are not required or permitted to be recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis. The adoption of this guidance for financial assets

and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. Non-financial assets and liabilities include: (i) those items measured at fair value in goodwill impairment testing; (ii) tangible and intangible long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment testing; and (iii) those items initially measured at fair value in a business combination. The portion of this guidance that defers the effective date for one year for certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, was implemented January 1, 2009.

Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 820 (“ASC 820”), Financial Instruments. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. This guidance also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is elected would be reported in earnings. We have adopted this guidance and have elected not to measure any additional financial instruments and other items at fair value.

Purchase Method of Accounting for Acquisitions

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised 2007), Business Combinations, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 805 (“ASC 805”). This guidance retains the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, but requires a number of changes, including changes in the way assets and liabilities are recognized in the purchase accounting as well as requiring the expensing of acquisition-related costs as incurred. Additionally, it provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. Furthermore, this guidance requires any adjustments to acquired deferred tax assets and liabilities occurring after the related allocation period to be made through earnings for both acquisitions occurring prior and subsequent to its effective date. This guidance is effective on January 1, 2009 for us. Earlier adoption was prohibited. The adoption of this guidance, prospectively, may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position, to the extent that we have material acquisitions, as costs that have historically been capitalized as part of the purchase price will now be expensed, such as accounting, legal and other professional fees.

Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — An Amendment of ARB No. 51, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 810 (“ASC 810”), Consolidation. This guidance establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary and clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, this guidance changes the way the consolidated income statement is presented by requiring

consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest and requires expanded disclosures in the consolidated financial statements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent’s owners and the interests of the noncontrolling owners of a subsidiary, including a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the equity attributable to the parent and the noncontrolling owners and a schedule showing the effects of changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary on the equity attributable to the parent. This guidance does not change the provisions of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, which has also been codified into ASC 810, Consolidation, related to consolidation purposes or consolidation policy, or the requirement that a parent consolidate all entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. This guidance does, however, amend certain of consolidation procedures to make them consistent with the requirements of ASC Topic 805 as well as to provide definitions for certain terms and to clarify some terminology. This guidance is effective on January 1, 2009 for us. Earlier adoption was prohibited. This guidance must be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which it is initially applied, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which must be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 815 (“ASC 815”) Derivatives and Hedging. This guidance applies to all derivative instruments and related hedged items accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, or SFAS No. 133 which has also been codified into ASC 815. This guidance requires entities to provide greater transparency about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under this guidance, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. To meet these objectives, this guidance requires (1) qualitative disclosures about objectives for using derivatives by primary underlying risk exposure and by purpose or strategy, (2) information about the volume of derivative activity in a flexible format that the preparer believes is the most relevant and practicable, (3) tabular disclosures about balance sheet location and gross fair value amounts of derivative instruments, income statement and other comprehensive income location and amounts of gains and losses on derivative instruments by type of contract, and (4) disclosures about credit-risk related contingent features in derivative agreements. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Early application was encouraged, as were comparative disclosures for earlier periods, but neither was required. The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flow or financial position.

Determination of Useful Life of Intangible Assets

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position, or FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 350 (“ASC 350”), Intangibles — Good will and Other. This guidance is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, as codified into ASC 350, and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141(R), as codified into ASC

805, Business Combination, when the underlying arrangement includes renewal or extension of terms that would require substantial costs or result in a material modification to the asset upon renewal or extension. Companies estimating the useful life of a recognized intangible asset must now consider their historical experience in renewing or extending similar arrangements or, in the absence of historical experience, must consider assumptions that market participants would use about renewal or extension as adjusted for ASC 350’s entity-specific factors. This guidance is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. Our adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Convertible Debt Instruments

In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP, No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement), which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 470 (“ASC 470”), Debt. this guidance specifies that issuers of certain convertible debt instruments must separately account for the liability and equity components thereof and reflect interest expense at the entity’s market rate of borrowing for non-convertible debt instruments. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption was not permitted. This guidance requires retrospective application to all periods presented in the annual financial statements for the period of adoption and where applicable instruments were outstanding during an earlier period. The cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle on periods prior to those presented shall be recognized as of the beginning of the first period presented. An offsetting adjustment shall be made to the opening balance of retained earnings for that period, presented separately. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

Income Taxes

Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 740 (“ASC 740”), Income Taxes. This guidance requires a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. We record a liability for the difference between the income tax benefit recognized and measured pursuant to this guidance and the income tax position taken or expected to be taken on our income tax returns. To the extent that our assessment of such income tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. Prior to 2009, we established contingencies for income taxes when, despite the belief that our income tax positions were fully supportable, we believed that it was probable that our income tax positions would be challenged and possibly disallowed by various authorities. The consolidated income tax provision and related accruals included the impact of such reasonably estimable losses and related interest and penalties as deemed appropriate.

Upon adoption of this guidance, our policy is to include interest and penalties in our provision for income taxes. Our federal and state income tax returns filed for the tax years 2007 through 2008, the pre-acquisition federal and state income tax returns filed by Companion for tax years 2005 through 2006, the pre-acquisition federal and state income tax returns filed by Smart Holdings Corporation for tax years 2005 through 2007, the pre-acquisition federal and state income tax returns filed by Micro Innovations, Inc. for tax years 2005 through 2006 and the pre-acquisition federal and state income tax returns filed by ChartOne for the tax years 2005 through 2008 generally remain open for examination by the Internal Revenue Service and relevant state taxing jurisdictions.

Fair Value Measurements

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly, which has been codified into ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. This guidance provides additional direction for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. This guidance also includes direction on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. This guidance emphasizes that even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability and regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement remains the same. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction , not a forced liquidation or distressed sale, between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and is applied prospectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 107-1 and No. APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, which has been codified into ASC 825, Financial Instruments. This guidance requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. This guidance also requires those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent Events

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, Subsequent Events, which has been codified into Accounting Standards Codification 855 (“ASC 855”). This guidance establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. We adopted this guidance for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. We have evaluated our subsequent events through November 13, 2009, which is the filing date of this filing.

Revenue Recognition with Multiple Deliverables and Sales of Software

In September 2009, the FASB ratified two consensuses which will significantly affect the revenue recognition accounting policies for transactions that involve multiple deliverables and sales of software-enabled devices. The first consensus requires companies to allocate revenue in arrangements involving multiple deliverables based on the estimated selling price of each deliverable that is determined to be a separate unit of accounting. This consensus eliminates the requirement that all undelivered elements have objective and reliable evidence of fair value before a company can recognize the portion of the overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of vendor-specific objective evidence and third-party evidence for one or more elements in a multiple-element arrangement, companies will estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element, whether delivered or undelivered, based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those estimated selling prices are evidenced by vendor specific objective evidence, third-party evidence of fair value, or are based on the company’s judgment.

Under the second consensus, sales of tangible products that contain “essential” software will no longer be subject to the revenue recognition requirements that used to apply to software licensing arrangements. The second consensus excludes tangible products from the scope of software revenue accounting requirements if they contain both software and non-software components that function together to deliver their essential functionality. For those tangible products, the new guidance from the first consensus will be applied and a greater proportion of the revenue from multiple-element arrangements involving tangible products that contain software will be recognized earlier in many circumstances.

Both consensuses will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. However, early adoption is permitted. If a company elects early adoption and the period of adoption is not the beginning of its fiscal year, the requirements must be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the fiscal year. Retrospective application to prior years is permitted, but not required. In the initial year of application, companies are required to make qualitative and quantitative disclosures about the impact of the changes. In many circumstances, the new guidance under these consensuses will require significant changes to a company’s revenue recognition policies and procedures, including system modifications. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of these consensuses on our financial position and results of operations, but do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value

In August 2009, the FASB issued guidance on measuring liabilities at fair value, which provides clarification that in circumstances where a quoted market price in an active market for an identical liability is not available, a reporting entity must measure fair value of the liability using one of the following techniques: the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset; quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when trade as assets; or another valuation technique, such as a present value technique or the amount that the reporting entity would pay to transfer the identical liability or would receive to enter into the identical liability that is consistent with the provisions of authoritative guidance. This statement becomes effective for the first reporting period, including interim periods, beginning after issuance. We will adopt this statement beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009.

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of healthcare information services and technology solutions to approximately 1,900 hospitals and health systems and 8,000 independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics. Our primary business is providing outsourced technology-enabled release-of-information services to our customers, which we refer to as ROI. ROI is the process by which information contained in patient health records is requested by and provided to authorized requestors such as attorneys, insurance companies, government agencies and others. We believe we are the largest provider of ROI services with a market share of approximately 20%, and utilize our expertise and technology to fulfill requests for health records in an accurate, regulatory-compliant and timely manner. Our ROI services enable our customers to reduce staffing levels associated with these time-consuming and labor-intensive healthcare information functions, allowing them to increase their focus on patient care, and to more effectively comply with increasingly complex and cumbersome regulatory requirements. We also provide other software and services that complement our ROI services, including as recovery audit compliance solutions, revenue cycle management software, healthcare coding and consulting services and physician practice management software.

Our centralized operating model, combined with our proprietary technology platform, is unique to the ROI industry and enables greater economies of scale as well as expedited response times and high service levels. Unlike our competitors’ ROI service offerings, which typically involve simply photocopying and mailing health records, we employ on-site digital imaging and electronically transfer the requested health record via an encrypted Internet-based channel to our centralized data center. Our technology contains user-friendly, secure on-line tracking functionality with extensive reporting capabilities for both our customers and requestors and enables us to deliver the information in either electronic or paper-based form based on the requestor’s preferred medium.

Healthcare providers are required by law to provide ROI services. We estimate, based upon publicly available market information, the total market for ROI services to be approximately $1.2 billion, of which we estimate approximately $500 million relates to hospitals and health systems and $700 million relates to independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics. We estimate that approximately two-thirds of these services are performed using internal resources, while one-third is outsourced to third-party vendors. We believe we are the largest outsourced ROI provider with approximately 70% of the outsourced market. Requestors who access health records for a variety of reasons include attorneys, usually in connection with a legal proceeding; insurance companies, usually to help underwrite a policy or pay a claim; government agencies, usually to pay entitlement benefits; and physicians, healthcare institutions or individuals, usually for medical purposes. Requestors pay the healthcare provider or outsourced service provider for retrieval and delivery of the health record directly, in accordance with a fee schedule typically established by state regulation. As a result, unlike healthcare providers, we are not affected by changes in regulated reimbursement rates by commercial payers, Medicare or Medicaid. We believe that the complexity of healthcare regulation, as well as recent federal initiatives to control the rising cost of healthcare through the elimination of administrative and clinical inefficiencies, will significantly increase the adoption of healthcare information systems and promote the use of electronic transactions and further utilization of our outsourced services and solutions.

In addition to providing ROI services, we offer a suite of related products and services to our customer base, including software and services to assist in RAC compliance, revenue cycle management, healthcare coding and consulting services and physician practice management.

Most of these products and services enhance the functionality and capabilities of our ROI services. For example, our RAC solution allows our customers to prepare for and comply with a new Medicare payment recovery system that is being phased in and is scheduled for nationwide implementation in 2010, helping them track and organize documentation requests, coding, billing, reviews and all associated paperwork.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, we generated net revenue of $188.2 million and incurred a net loss of $49.8 million. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 we generated pro forma net revenue of $242.1 million and incurred a pro forma loss from continuing operations of $59.2 million, inclusive of the September 2008 acquisition of ChartOne, as if acquired on January 1, 2008. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we generated net revenue of $193.2 million and incurred a net loss of $8.9 million. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, we generated Adjusted EBITDA of $18.8 million and we also generated Non-GAAP With Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA of $28.3 million, inclusive of the acquisition of ChartOne as if acquired on January 1, 2008. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we generated Adjusted EBITDA of $30.8 million. See page 12 for discussion of Adjusted EBITDA, an accompanying presentation of the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure and a reconciliation of the differences between Adjusted EBITDA and the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Our Corporate History

We have completed a series of acquisitions since our inception. These acquired companies have established histories of providing services and solutions to the healthcare industry. Companion was created as a division of Blue Cross Blue Shield of South Carolina in 1975, and SDS began ROI services in 1976. We acquired Companion in December 2006. We acquired SDS in June 2007. The acquisitions combined SDS’s 30-year history in the ROI industry and Companion’s software applications to offer a more complete set of solutions to the hospital, health system and physician clinic markets. We continued to grow with the September 2008 acquisition of ChartOne, which we believe was the second-largest provider of outsourced ROI services in the United States at that time. The ChartOne acquisition allowed us to further leverage our efficient operating capabilities through increased size and market penetration.

Industry

According to a January 2009 report by the CMS, spending on healthcare in the United States was estimated to be $2.2 trillion in 2007, or 16% of the U.S. Gross Domestic Product, or GDP. Healthcare spending is projected to grow at a rate of approximately 6% per annum, and reach approximately $4.4 trillion by 2018, or 20% of GDP. Healthcare providers are under increasing pressures to trim costs while continuing to provide quality care, and as a result have increasingly outsourced non-core healthcare functions to improve efficiency, drive down costs and maintain quality patient care. According to an August 2009 supplemental report issued by International Data Corp., healthcare spending on outsourcing services totaled $2.7 billion in 2007 and is expected to increase to $4.8 billion by 2013, a compounded annual growth rate of 10.7%.

Our outsourced services and technology solutions are focused primarily on the release-of-information market, and also include products and services in the revenue cycle management, healthcare coding and consulting and physician practice management software and services markets. We believe that the markets for our outsourced services and technology solutions will benefit from recent federal initiatives to control the rising cost of healthcare through the elimination of administrative and clinical inefficiencies, which we believe will increase adoption of healthcare information systems and electronic transactions.

Release-of-Information

Millions of healthcare-related records are generated annually in the United States, the vast majority of which are paper-based. These records are maintained by health information management, which we refer to as HIM, departments of hospitals or various administrative personnel at physician clinics. The ROI function for healthcare providers consists of processing requests for a patient’s health record made by a requestor, such as a physician, insurance company, attorney, government agency, healthcare institution or other authorized individual, and delivering a copy of the appropriate records to the requestor for a fee. The process involves examining the requests and corresponding patient medical information to ensure it is compliant with HIPAA, auditing selected requests and records being produced pursuant to such request and determining where the requested information is to be sent and the mode in which it is to be sent, either electronically or via paper-based delivery.

ROI services can be performed either on-site or off-site of a given healthcare provider, depending on the volume of requests experienced and the nature of the provider’s HIM infrastructure. The ROI service provider, whether the healthcare provider itself or its outsourced provider, bills the requestor directly. Pricing is regulated by law in the vast majority of states, depending on the type of requestor, purpose of request and size of record, and varies from state to state. In 2008, our average ROI service price for a billable request was approximately $38.

We estimate that only one-third of the $1.2 billion ROI market currently outsources the ROI function, despite the challenges for healthcare providers to manage the relatively low volume of requests, the complex regulatory framework involved, the continued need for confidentiality of the medical information being processed and the complicated logistics inherent in managing large numbers of relatively small-dollar accounts receivable. Outsourcing this function to an ROI service provider allows healthcare providers to focus on their core competencies, including offering quality patient care, while obtaining third-party assistance in complying with regulatory requirements. The market for ROI services is highly fragmented and the majority of our competitors are regional and local companies that provide services only in a specific geographic market or to certain hospitals and/or physician practices.

Several factors are driving ROI industry growth and are causing more healthcare providers to outsource the process of releasing health records, including:

•

the aging population in the U.S., which is increasing the quantity of procedures performed;

•

increasing complexity of legislation, such as HIPAA and state privacy laws, related to ROI has made the process difficult, expensive and time consuming for healthcare providers to manage internally;

•

increasing litigation volume and related increases in requests for health records from attorneys;

•

the continued advancement of clinical medical technology, such as imaging modalities, that create significant amounts of incremental data to patients’ health records;

•

increasing scrutiny of healthcare providers’ fees by CMS and other insurance payers, leading to increased document requests via RAC audits and other integrity efforts;

•

budgetary pressures within healthcare provider organizations, encouraging the outsourcing of non-core processes;

•

government regulations that require lengthy document retention periods for healthcare providers and timely access to many types of records, for instance requests that do not require a patient release are required to be kept for several years, depending upon the type of record and the governing state; and

•

advancements in information technology, including the adoption of EHRs, that will continue to generate greater volumes of information as well as facilitate the creation of documents.

Adoption of EHRs will allow us to perform ROI services with higher margins as less labor is required to retrieve an electronic record. We expect to indirectly benefit from federal government incentives recently signed into law that are designed to encourage physicians to adopt EHR systems. Starting in 2011, federal incentives will be significantly expanded over a five-year period for hospitals and physicians who adopt meaningful use of electronic health records. While EHR systems will allow healthcare providers to store and retrieve health records in an efficient and less-costly manner, we believe the demand for ROI services to manage requests for records whether in paper or electronic form and fulfill these requests in a HIPAA-compliant manner will remain strong. Furthermore, the majority of EHR installations generate electronic records only on a go-forward basis meaning that ROI requests most likely will also have a paper component for the foreseeable future.

Revenue Cycle Management Software

RCM software consists of all the processes and efforts that healthcare providers undertake to ensure that payment is properly received for the medical services provided to patients. These processes begin with the collection of relevant demographic information before care is administered and the determination of eligibility for reimbursement related to care, and ends once cash is collected from payers and patients. According to a Health Information Management Systems Society, or HIMSS, Analytics December 2008 publication, total expenditures by U.S. hospitals for RCM software are estimated to exceed $700 million in 2009. While many providers already use information technology, or IT, solutions in managing their revenue, many of them use legacy systems which lack the ability to proactively screen patients’ financial and insurance profiles, adapt to changes in coding protocols in an automated fashion, adequately detect errors during claims preparation before the submission process and identify instances when claims may have been unjustifiably underpaid or not paid at all. Accordingly, hospitals and providers are increasingly finding that adoption of RCM software can yield powerful return on investment and rapid investment payback. Combined with the overall financial pressures discussed above, there has been increasing interest in RCM IT solutions.

Healthcare Coding and Consulting Services

Healthcare consulting consists of a variety of services including HIPAA-compliance expertise, data management, compliance auditing, education, master patient index clean-up and medical coding. These services allow hospitals and physicians to improve margins, reduce backlogs and downtime, improve processes and increase focus on patient care.

According to an August 2009 statement by the American Health Information Management Association, there is a nationwide shortage of certified medical coders in hospitals, physician practices and other healthcare facilities. Due to this lack of certified medical coding specialists, healthcare organizations may struggle to recruit and retain qualified, experienced clinical coders. Accurate and timely coding is a critical component of the hospital revenue cycle. If charts are miscoded due to a lack of coder experience, or are waiting to be coded due to a

shortage of coders, services may be incorrectly billed or the claim submission to the insurer may be delayed. Additionally, the National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics is planning to overhaul the current coding system, which will be replaced by a new system referred to as ICD-10. The target deadline to implement ICD-10 is currently October 1, 2013. When this occurs, coders will need to learn new codes, including 50 times more codes than are used in the current system, which we believe will increase the demand for coding services.

Physician Practice Management Software

Practice management software assists physician practices with administrative tasks such as patient information tracking, appointment scheduling and billing. A December 2006 Frost & Sullivan research report estimates practice management to currently be a greater than $1 billion market opportunity.

Government Healthcare Initiatives

We believe recent federal initiatives to control the rising cost of healthcare through the elimination of administrative and clinical inefficiencies will significantly increase adoption of healthcare information systems and electronic health records, which we expect will drive the increased use of our services and solutions. Furthermore, the goal of reducing administrative costs in healthcare has garnered significant public policy focus. We believe our ability to generate cost reductions for healthcare providers aligns our solutions with stated public policy goals. The current administration’s April 2007 Plan For a Healthy America estimates that 25% of all healthcare spending goes to administrative and overhead spending and that reliance on paper-based records and information systems needlessly increases these costs. A key component of the administration’s healthcare reform initiative includes a significant focus on reducing inefficiency and increasing quality of care.

Government payers have increased initiatives to recover improper payments and overpayments. For example, in March 2005, CMS initiated a demonstration project in three states using recovery audit contractors, who are paid a contingent fee to detect and correct improper Medicare payments. As part of their duties, RACs collect overpayments from Medicare providers, including those providers who were paid for services that were not medically necessary or were incorrectly coded. Effective January 1, 2010, the RAC program will be implemented throughout the United States, with RACs provided authority to pursue improper payments made on or after October 1, 2007.

Federal, state and local government initiatives have further accelerated the adoption of healthcare information technology, or HCIT, beyond the fundamental shifts in the demand for technology by physicians and patients. Most notably, the U.S. government has recently passed the administration’s 2009 federal stimulus package, the HCIT components of which are collectively known as HITECH. This package outlines $20 billion of incentives targeting the acceleration of meaningful usage of EHRs for the purpose of driving significant future healthcare cost savings and clinical benefits. Of that amount, approximately $2 billion is projected to be spent to specifically facilitate the electronic connectivity and use of health information among organizations via EHRs. Because EHR adoption will allow us to perform ROI operations in a more efficient manner, we expect to indirectly benefit from these initiatives. Because EHRs are not currently configured to deliver HIPAA-compliant health record requests nor will they be able to manage the back office functions of the ROI process such as billing and collections, we expect the demand for ROI services to remain strong.

Our Strengths

Leading Market Position

We believe we are the largest ROI service provider to the healthcare industry with approximately 20% of the ROI services market. We estimate, based upon publicly available market information, that the ROI market in the U.S. is approximately $1.2 billion in size, comprising approximately 5,700 hospitals and 200,000 independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics. We believe that approximately two-thirds of ROI services are performed using internal sources and the remaining one-third is outsourced to third-party vendors. As a result of increased legislative complexity and cost containment initiatives, we believe healthcare providers are increasingly adopting an outsourced strategy. We believe we are the largest outsourced ROI provider with approximately 70% of the outsourced market with the remaining market being highly fragmented and consisting primarily of regional and local providers. We are the only provider of ROI services for the vast majority of our customers, creating a significant barrier to entry. Our national coverage enables us to serve large hospital chains effectively and has enabled us to develop a large group of highly referenceable customers.

Advanced ROI Services

Our centralized operating model, combined with our proprietary technology platform, is unique to the outsourced ROI industry and allows for greater efficiencies and accuracy in processing health information requests. Our ROI solution features several unique benefits to customers, including:

•

expedited response times and enhanced service levels;

•

a flexible platform, which allows us to interface with EHR systems and integrate them into our proprietary technology;

•

user-friendly and secure on-line tracking functionality for both requestors and customers, allowing qualified requestors to access their health record requests on-line;

•

audit functionality to ensure accuracy on all sensitive requests, such as psychiatric- and HIV-related requests;

•

extensive reporting capabilities for customers; and

•

an ability to deliver requests via electronic and paper-based media.

Replication of our ROI solution would require industry expertise and a considerable initial capital investment as well as sufficient scale to warrant such investment, thereby providing a significant barrier to market entry. Unlike our competitors’ ROI service offerings, which typically involve simply creating and mailing photocopies from a hospital customer’s health records department, we employ on-site digital imaging, which enables requested health records to be transmitted electronically to a centralized data center, driving significant economies of scale. Further, this technology allows records to be delivered via an encrypted Internet-based channel that expedites delivery to time-sensitive customers while driving still greater operating efficiencies. We believe our proprietary technology and service allows us to differentiate ourselves from all of our competitors and to replicate our offerings would be expensive and time-consuming. Our ROI services continue to be enhanced by functionality developed in conjunction with certain of our related software and service offerings.

Compelling Value Proposition

We offer a compelling value proposition for hospitals, health systems and physician clinics by allowing these healthcare providers to reduce staffing levels associated with time-consuming and labor-intensive healthcare information management functions. A reduced administrative

burden allows our customers to focus on patient care and more effectively comply with complex regulatory requirements. Our customers achieve savings through the elimination of certain administrative functions needed for (i) compliance with HIPAA regulations to fulfill requests by confirming the appropriate authorization and verifying addresses, etc., (ii) tracking requests, and (iii) delivery of information to the requestor in either electronic or paper-based form. Furthermore, our ROI services enable the collection of the high volume of relatively small-dollar receivables generated by the ROI process more effectively than our customers can achieve internally. For a hospital that manages the ROI function in-house, these relatively small-dollar invoices are often difficult to track and collect and are ultimately written off. Budgetary pressures within healthcare provider organizations further encourage the outsourcing of non-core processes, such as ROI. We estimate that our ROI service recently enabled a single division of a leading national hospital chain to save in excess of $500,000 per year.

In addition, one of the primary ancillary benefits of our technology is the ability to audit the health record request prior to its release. This allows us to enhance compliance for our customers without slowing down the delivery of the health record. On a daily basis, we audit approximately 10% of all processed requests and 100% of all sensitive requests, such as records for psychiatric and HIV-related requests, which hospitals themselves and our competitors cannot efficiently undertake due to their limited technology and processes.

Highly Predictable Revenue Model

We operate a highly predictable and non-cyclical business model, and our ROI customer retention rates have historically exceeded 95%. In addition, the majority of our ROI customers have entered into multi-year contracts with us, which typically generate recurring volumes of health record requests. In excess of 95% of our revenue are repeat or recurring in nature because of the contractual nature of our business.

We are paid by requestors, such as attorneys, insurance companies, government agencies or individuals, on a base rate plus fee per page requested. Payment from requestors is typically established through state regulation and our current average has consistently increased from approximately $36 per billable request in 2006 to approximately $38 per billable request in 2008.

Strong Cash Flow with Low Capital Requirements

Our business generates strong, stable cash flows as a result of our significant operating leverage, our relatively low working capital requirements and the modest capital expenditures needed to support our infrastructure. In addition, to the extent that we can generate taxable income in the future, we expect to be able to use our approximately $126 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, as of December 31, 2008.

Diversified Customer Base

Currently, we serve approximately 1,900 hospitals and health systems and 8,000 independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics. Our ROI revenue, while paid to us by the billable requestor, is tracked at the hospital/clinic customer level. Our revenue base is highly diverse, with no single customer accounting for more than 1% of our revenue. Our customers are also highly diversified by geography, type and size, with customers ranging from national hospital systems and academic institutions to small rural clinics. We have long-standing customer relationships with some of the most technologically-advanced and efficient healthcare providers in the country. Moreover, several of our customers have acquired additional facilities in connection with the ongoing consolidation of the hospital and physician clinic sectors, which has enabled us to further grow our relationship with a number of these customers.

Experienced Management Team

We have assembled a highly-experienced management team. Our senior management team averages more than 20 years of healthcare industry experience. Our management team and board of directors include a balance of internally developed leaders and experienced managers from the healthcare industry which provides us with an understanding of the complex needs of our customer base. In addition, our management team has significant experience in identifying, executing and integrating acquisitions, as well as driving organic growth.

Our Growth Strategy

Increase Penetration of ROI Market

We estimate, based upon publicly available market information, that the market for ROI services today is approximately $1.2 billion, of which we estimate $500 million relates to hospitals and $700 million relates to independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics. We estimate that only approximately one-third of this market currently outsources the ROI function. We believe that the overall trend towards outsourcing non-core functions across the healthcare industry will continue to apply to the outsourcing of the ROI process. The increasing complexity of healthcare legislation in combination with recent federal initiatives to control the rising cost of healthcare through the elimination of administrative and clinical inefficiencies will further accelerate the outsourcing trend and, we believe, increase the use of outsourcing services by hospitals, health systems and physician clinics. We also believe our proprietary technology and our ability to help our customers manage regulatory compliance while reducing cost will continue to allow us to successfully differentiate our ROI services from those of our competitors and increase our market share as the outsourced ROI market continues to expand.

Enhance Our Value Proposition through New Services and Solutions

We believe we are the largest provider to health record requestors and healthcare providers and with our existing relationships with approximately 1,900 hospitals and 8,000 independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics, we are positioned to leverage our ROI services platform to develop and drive the adoption of new services and solutions within the healthcare information management function. Our many long-standing customer relationships have positioned us to leverage our ROI services platform to develop and drive the adoption of new services and solutions within the healthcare information management function of our customers. For example, government payers have increased initiatives to recover improper underpayments and overpayments through the RAC audit program, pursuant to which contractors are paid a contingent fee to detect and correct improper Medicare payments. In response, we developed a product, RACPro that will allow our customers to manage the challenges of health record requests, coding, billing, and paperwork associated with RAC audits. Our development of RACPro has also led to additional sales of our outsourced ROI services from customers initially interested in the RACPro product.

Capitalize on Industry Trends

We believe that increasing regulatory complexity, advancements in information technology as well as the continued growth in the volume of health records will continue to drive ROI industry growth and will cause more healthcare providers to outsource ROI services.

Continued Growth in Health Records. Advancement in technology, as well as an increasing number of in-hospital and clinic-based procedures, will continue to generate higher volumes of information and require the production and distribution of an increasing number of

documents. Furthermore, increasing scrutiny of healthcare provider’s fees by CMS and other insurance payers are leading to increased document audits and document requests, which we believe will increase the need for ROI services and solutions such as RACPro.

Increasing Regulatory Complexity. Government regulations continue to require lengthy document retention periods and timely access to many types of records. Increasing complexity of HIPAA regulations and state privacy legislation related to ROI has made the process difficult, expensive and time-consuming for healthcare providers to manage internally. As financial pressures at hospitals increase, they may look to outsource non-core ROI functions to improve efficiency, decrease costs and maintain quality patient care.

Advances in Information Technology. The adoption of EHRs will continue to generate greater volumes of information as well as facilitate the production of documents. While EHR systems will allow healthcare providers to store and retrieve health records in an efficient and less costly manner, we believe the demand for outsourced ROI services to manage requests for records whether in paper, electronic or hybrid form, deliver HIPAA-compliant health record requests and manage back-office functions such as billing for and collecting the fees associated with ROI requests will remain strong.

Further Realize Efficiencies of Scale and Rationalize Costs to Improve Profitability

We evaluate and implement initiatives on an ongoing basis to improve our operating and financial performance through cost savings, productivity improvements, and by streamlining our operations by using new technologies. Since late 2007, we have adopted a number of programs to streamline our operations by utilizing new technologies. We also expect to increase margins by increasing the number of health records delivered electronically using our secure, web-based electronic imaging systems. In 2008, approximately 45% of our requests were derived from health records delivered electronically to our requestors. In addition, EHR adoption by our customers significantly reduces the labor component required to process requests that were historically processed with paper records, allowing us to increase our margins and profitability. For example, EHR adoption by one of our large, national, multi-site customers has enabled us to service their many locations with far fewer resources, producing operating margins that are more than double the margins of our average ROI account.

Continue to Successfully Acquire and Integrate Businesses

We have grown our business both organically and through acquisitions and have successfully acquired and integrated multiple businesses across the ROI and healthcare information technology sectors. In June 2007, our predecessor, Companion, acquired SDS. The acquisition combined SDS’s 30-year history in the ROI industry and Companion’s software applications to offer a more complete set of solutions to the hospital, health system and physician clinic markets. We continued to grow with the acquisition of ChartOne, Inc. in September 2008, which we believe was the second-largest provider of outsourced ROI services in the United States at that time. The ChartOne acquisition allowed us to further leverage our efficient operating capabilities through increased scale and market penetration. We expect to continue to evaluate opportunities to improve and expand our revenue and profitability by targeting acquisition candidates in the fragmented ROI market and broader HCIT sector with services and solutions that are complementary to our service offerings. We intend to selectively acquire businesses that will expand our services and solutions while enhancing value for our company.

Our Services and Solutions

Release-of-Information Services

ROI is the process by which information contained in patient health records is requested by and provided to authorized requestors. Requestors who access health records for a variety of reasons, include attorneys, usually for a legal proceeding; insurance companies, usually to help underwrite a policy or pay a claim; government agencies, usually to pay entitlement benefits; and physicians, healthcare institutions or individuals, usually for medical purposes. We use our expertise and proprietary technology to fulfill requests for health records in an accurate, regulatory compliant and timely manner. Our ROI process includes the following steps:

•

a formal request for medical information is made to the healthcare provider, hospital or physician clinic by an authorized requestor, such as an insurance provider or attorney;

•

the healthcare provider forwards the request to us;

•

we verify the request against HIPAA and state requirements;

•

we retrieve and/or capture the health record from the healthcare provider, then we scan, compress and encrypt the health record;

•

the health record data is transmitted to our centralized data center, decrypted and audited for HIPAA compliance; and

•

if the health record data is HIPAA-compliant, the request is indexed, invoiced and shipped by mail or through secure electronic delivery to the requestor.

The flowchart shown below reflects the key elements of our ROI process:

LOGO

To accommodate paper-based requests, our centralized data center uses an automated document processing system. This system performs address verification and electronic pre-sort functions, produces postage statements and prints, packages and seals the requested materials. Because we pre-sort our packages by sequential postal codes, we benefit from lower postage rates resulting in a more competitive cost structure.

Our proprietary technology and centralized data center enable us to offer important benefits to our ROI customers. We are able to achieve expedited response times and high service levels. Our technology contains user-friendly, secure on-line tracking functionality with extensive

reporting capabilities for both our customers and requestors, and enables us to deliver the information in either electronic or paper-based form based on the requestor’s preferred medium. We offer the ability for qualified requestors to access their health record requests on-line, and our flexible platform allows most EHR systems to integrate into our proprietary technology. In addition, we audit approximately 10% of our daily requests and 100% of any sensitive requests, such as health records of HIV patients or psychiatric-related requests, prior to distribution.

Our ROI services segment revenue is primarily derived from charging requestors a flat fee plus a per-page fee, which varies from state to state. In addition, we also receive revenue from our customers for courtesy copies, which are provided within hospitals themselves or between doctors, in accordance with our contracts.

Software and Other Services

Our software and other services segment provides solutions that complement our ROI services, including recovery audit compliance solutions, revenue cycle management software, healthcare coding and consulting services and physician practice management software.

Recovery Audit Contractor Compliance Solution. Our RAC solution allows hospitals to efficiently manage the challenges associated with U.S. government payers’ increased initiatives to recover improper underpayments and overpayments through the recovery audit contractor program, which we refer to as RAC, pursuant to which selected contractors are paid a contingent fee to detect and correct improper Medicare payments made to healthcare providers. If health records are not made available within the specified timeframe during a RAC audit, a RAC may deny a claim for insufficient documentation, or a technical denial, and affected customers may lose associated Medicare payments as a result. Our RAC compliance solution is comprised of the following elements:

•

RACPro Software. Our web-based application tracks RAC requests, denials, rebuttals and appeals and provides advanced RAC administrative tools, including real-time financial, compliance and HIM dashboard reports and a full application audit trail history by user. We offer various levels of functionality based on the needs of the healthcare provider.

•

RAC Consulting Services. Our consultants use a data-driven approach to help organize, prepare, adapt and manage the RAC process, mitigate RAC risks and assist in RAC appeals and payment disputes.

Revenue Cycle Management Software. We offer claims management software to hospitals, health systems and physician clinics that improves customer profitability by streamlining the management of a healthcare provider’s revenue cycle. Our software provides for the collection of appropriate demographic information before care is administered, determines eligibility for reimbursement from the appropriate payer and monitors the receipt of payment for medical services provided to patients.

Healthcare Coding and Consulting Services. We offer a variety of services to hospitals and physician clinics that focus on areas of HIPAA-compliance expertise, coding, data management, compliance auditing, education and master patient index rationalization. Our customized programs help fulfill anticipated coding needs by supplementing staff or providing longer-term departmental solutions consisting of both remote coding and on-site options.

Physician Practice Management Software. We offer administrative and financial management software that provide appointment scheduling, regulatory reporting, patient

registration, patient tracking, document management, insurance processing and billing functions. We offer this software primarily to physician clinics on a traditional perpetual license and annually recurring maintenance basis as well as on a hosted basis, inclusive of maintenance services, under a monthly subscription fee.

Customers

Our customers consist of approximately 1,900 hospitals and 8,000 independent and hospital-affiliated physician clinics located throughout the United States. We serve a wide variety of hospitals and physician clinics, ranging from large academic medical centers and multi-specialty clinics to smaller, rural hospitals and single-physician clinics. We have long-standing customer relationships with some of the most technologically advanced and efficient healthcare providers in the country. Our customer base is highly diversified, with no single customer accounting for more than 1% of our total revenue in 2008 and our top 50 customers accounting for only 10% of total revenue in 2008. We have maintained approximately 95% of our ROI customer base annually since our acquisition of SDS in June 2007.

Although we refer to hospitals, health systems and physician clinics as our customers, and our contracts are entered into with them, almost all of our ROI revenue is received directly from various requestors of health records, including attorneys, insurance companies, government agencies and individual patients.

The following table shows our ROI revenue by requestor for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008:

LOGO

Operations

Sales and Marketing

We actively seek to attract new hospital, health system and physician clinic customers that are currently managing the ROI process internally or using one of our competitors, in addition to healthcare providers that have a need for our services and related software. We market and sell our services and solutions through a direct sales team consisting of 53 employees. This team consists of 10 sales management personnel overseeing 43 direct sales representatives.

The direct sales team is organized geographically and managed on a regional basis, with 13 focused on the hospital ROI market, 23 focused on the physician clinic ROI market, and 17 focused on the market for our other services and related software. Each sales representative is compensated with a base salary plus commissions based on annual new customer revenue generated. The vast majority of our direct sales representatives’ compensation is commission-based and therefore highly correlates with actual sales performance.

We are an active participant in various industry trade shows, including annual meetings for the American Health Information Management Association, or AHIMA, which attracts health information management professionals, the HIMSS, which attracts chief information officers in the healthcare industry and the Healthcare Financial Management Association, or HFMA, which attracts chief financial officers of hospitals and health systems.

Research and Development

Our research and development, or R&D, expenditures primarily consist of investment in our technology infrastructure. We spent $5.0 million and $4.7 million for R&D activities in 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of September 30, 2009, our research and development activities involved approximately 71 employees, including 45 developers, 13 analysts and quality assurance professionals and 13 managers.

Competition

The market for providing outsourced ROI services is highly competitive and fragmented and is characterized by rapidly evolving industry and regulatory standards, technology and customer needs. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, competition from multiple sources. We have a number of competitors that offer outsourced ROI services, including various regional and local companies that provide services in a specific geographic market or to certain hospitals and/or physician clinics.

In our software and other services segment, we compete with products and services offered by certain healthcare information technology and service providers, many of whom are large, well-financed and technologically sophisticated companies, such as Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc., Cerner Corporation, Emdeon Business Services LLC, McKesson Corporation, MedAssets, Inc., The Sage Group plc and The SSI Group. We also compete with hundreds of smaller niche providers in this segment.

Across both our segments, we compete on the basis of several factors, including:

•

breadth, depth, quality, reliability and ease of use of service and product offerings;

•

interoperability of services and products with the existing technology and workflow of customers;

•

ability to deliver financial improvement through the use of these services and products;

•

brand recognition; and

•

contractual price and terms.

We believe that our ability to provide a compelling value proposition through our technology-driven centralized operating model allows us to effectively compete in the provision of outsourced ROI services. However, in the future, our existing customers may elect, and many of our potential customers may continue to elect, not to outsource their ROI processes to us and instead choose to perform these services internally. In February 2009, Congress passed the

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, which provides $20 billion to encourage the adoption and meaningful use of electronic health records systems. As hospitals, physician clinics and other providers adopt and utilize electronic health records systems, they may be able to perform ROI functions internally and the need for our services may decrease. We believe our key advantage over in-house ROI processing is our ability to enable our customers to reduce staffing levels for time-consuming and labor-intensive healthcare information functions, allow them to increase their focus on patient care and more effectively comply with complex regulatory requirements. However, our competitors, particularly in the software and other services segment, may have greater resources, larger sales forces and broader product and service capabilities than us.

Intellectual Property

We rely upon a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect the intellectual property used in our business. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers. We also seek to control access to and distribution of our technology, documentation and other proprietary information.

We use numerous trademarks, trade names and service marks for our services and solutions and we also use numerous domain names, including our website www.healthport.com. We also rely on a variety of intellectual property rights that we license from third parties. Although we believe that alternative technologies are generally available to replace such licenses, these third-party technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms.

The steps we have taken to protect our copyrights, trademarks, servicemarks and other intellectual property may not be adequate, and third parties could infringe, misappropriate or misuse our intellectual property. If this were to occur, it could harm our reputation and adversely affect our competitive position or results of operations. See “Risk Factors — If the protection of our intellectual property is inadequate, our competitors may gain access to our technology or confidential information and we may lose our competitive advantage.”

Regulation and Legislation

The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. National healthcare reform is currently a major focus at the federal level, and congressional leaders are targeting legislation to be passed by the fall of 2009. Among other things, healthcare reform may increase governmental involvement in healthcare, lower reimbursement rates or otherwise change the environment in which healthcare industry constituents operate. Healthcare industry constituents may respond by reducing their expenditures or postponing expenditure decisions, including expenditures for our product and service offerings.

In addition, the healthcare industry is required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal and state levels. Although many regulatory and governmental requirements do not directly apply to our operations, our customers are required to comply with a variety of laws, and we may be impacted by these laws as a result of our contractual obligations. For many of these requirements, there is little history of regulatory or judicial interpretation upon which to rely. We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with applicable legal requirements, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or impacted by enforcement initiatives.

We are unable to predict the future course of federal, state or local legislation and regulatory efforts. Further changes in the law, regulatory framework or the interpretation of applicable laws and regulations could reduce our revenue or increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

HIPAA Administrative Simplification Requirements

General. HIPAA mandated a package of interlocking administrative simplification rules to establish standards and requirements for the privacy and security of health information, including the electronic transmission of certain healthcare claims and payment transactions. These regulations are intended to encourage electronic commerce in the healthcare industry and apply directly to health plans, most providers and healthcare clearinghouses, or Covered Entities. Some of our businesses are considered Covered Entities under HIPAA and its implementing regulations. Other aspects of our operations are considered a business associate under HIPAA and are indirectly impacted by the HIPAA regulations as a result of our contractual obligations to our customers and interactions with other constituents in the healthcare industry that are Covered Entities, or Business Associates. Effective February 17, 2010, ARRA will extend the direct application of some provisions of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards to us when we are functioning as a business associate of our payer or provider customers.

Transaction Standards. The standard transaction regulations established under HIPAA, or Transaction Standards, mandate certain format and data content standards for the most common electronic healthcare transactions, using technical standards promulgated by recognized standards publishing organizations. These transactions include healthcare claims, enrollment, payment and eligibility. The Transaction Standards are applicable to that portion of our business involving the processing of healthcare transactions among payers, providers, patients and other healthcare industry constituents. Failure to comply with the Transaction Standards may subject us to civil and potentially criminal penalties and breach of contract claims. CMS is responsible for enforcing the Transaction Standards.

Providers who are unable to exchange data in the required standard formats can achieve Transaction Standards compliance by contracting with a clearinghouse to translate between standard and non-standard formats. As a result, use of a clearinghouse has allowed numerous payers and providers to establish compliance with the Transaction Standards independently and at different times, reducing transition costs and risks. In addition, the standardization of formats and data standards envisioned by the Transaction Standards has only partially occurred. Multiple versions of a HIPAA standard claim have emerged as each payer defines for itself what constitutes a HIPAA-compliant claim.

In order to help prevent disruptions in the healthcare payment system, CMS has permitted the use of contingency plans under which claims and other covered transactions can be processed, in some circumstances, in either HIPAA standard or legacy formats. CMS terminated the Medicare contingency plan for incoming claims in 2005. The Medicare contingency plan for HIPAA transactions, other than claims, remains in effect. Our contingency plan, pursuant to which we process HIPAA-compliant standard transactions and legacy transactions, as appropriate, based on the needs of our customers, remains in effect. We cannot provide assurance regarding how CMS will enforce the Transaction Standards or how long CMS will permit constituents in the healthcare industry to utilize contingency plans. We continue to work with payers and providers, healthcare information system vendors and other healthcare constituents to implement fully the Transaction Standards.

In January 2009, CMS published a final rule adopting updated standard code sets for diagnoses and procedures known as the ICD-10 code sets. The final rule also resulted in

100

changes to the formats used for electronic transactions subject to the rule. While use of the ICD-10 code sets is not mandatory until October 1, 2013 and the use of the updated formats is not mandatory until January 1, 2012, we have begun to modify our processes to prepare for their implementation. These changes may result in errors and otherwise negatively impact our service levels, and we may experience complications related to supporting customers that are not fully compliant with the revised requirements as of the applicable compliance date.

NPI Standard. The national provider identifier, or NPI, regulations established under HIPAA, or NPI Standard, require providers that transmit any health information in electronic form in connection with a HIPAA-standard transaction to obtain a single, 10-position all-numeric NPI and to use the NPI in standard transactions for which a provider identifier is required. Health plans and healthcare clearinghouses must use a provider’s NPI to identify the provider on all standard transactions requiring a provider identifier.

All of our clearinghouse systems are fully capable of transmitting transactions that include the NPI. We continue to process transactions using legacy identifiers for non-Medicare claims that are sent to us to the extent that the intended recipients have not instructed us to suppress those legacy identifiers. We cannot provide assurance regarding how CMS will enforce the NPI Standard or how CMS will view our practice of including legacy identifiers for non-Medicare claims. We continue to work with payers, providers, practice management system vendors and other healthcare industry constituents to implement the NPI Standard. Any CMS regulatory change or clarification or enforcement action that prohibited the processing by healthcare clearinghouses or private payers of transactions containing legacy identifiers could have an adverse effect on our business.

Regulation of Healthcare Relationships

A number of federal and state laws govern patient referrals, financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources and inducements to providers and patients, including restrictions contained in amendments to the Social Security Act, commonly known as the federal Anti-Kickback Law. The federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, anything of value with the intent of generating referrals or orders for services or items covered by a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare, Medicaid or TriCare. Violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Law is a felony.

The Office of the Inspector General of HHS has created regulatory safe harbors to the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Activities that comply precisely with a safe harbor are deemed protected from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Failure to meet a safe harbor does not automatically render an arrangement illegal under the Anti-Kickback Law. The arrangement, however, does risk increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, based on its particular facts and circumstances. Our contracts and other arrangements may not meet a safe harbor. Many states have laws and regulations that are similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Law. In many cases, these state requirements are not limited to items or services for which payment is made by a federal healthcare program.

The laws in this area are both broad and vague and generally not subject to frequent regulatory or judicial interpretation. We review our practices with regulatory experts in an effort to comply with all applicable laws and regulatory requirements. However, we are unable to predict how these laws will be interpreted or the full extent of their application, particularly to services that are not directly reimbursed by federal healthcare programs, such as transaction processing services. Any determination by a state or federal regulatory agency that any of our practices violate any of these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties and require us

101

to change or terminate some portions of our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities of our practices could cause adverse publicity and cause us to incur significant legal and related costs.

False Claims Laws and Other Fraud and Abuse Restrictions

We provide claims processing and other transaction services to providers that relate to, or directly involve, the reimbursement of health services covered by Medicare, Medicaid, other federal healthcare programs and private payers. In addition, as part of our data transmission and claims submission services, we may employ certain edits, using logic, mapping and defaults, when submitting claims to third-party payers. Such edits are utilized when the information received from providers is insufficient to complete individual data elements requested by payers.

As a result of these aspects of our business, we may be subject to, or contractually required to comply with, state and federal laws that govern various aspects of the submission of healthcare claims for reimbursement and the receipt of payments for healthcare items or services. These laws generally prohibit an individual or entity from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented claims for payment to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent. False or fraudulent claims include, but are not limited to, billing for services not rendered, failing to refund known overpayments, misrepresenting actual services rendered in order to obtain higher reimbursement, improper coding and billing for medically unnecessary goods and services. Further, providers may not contract with individuals or entities excluded from participation in any federal healthcare program. Like the federal Anti-Kickback Law, these provisions are very broad. To avoid liability, providers and their contractors must, among other things, carefully and accurately code, complete and submit claims for reimbursement.

Some of these laws, including restrictions contained in amendments to the Social Security Act, commonly known as the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, require a lower burden of proof than other fraud and abuse laws. Federal and state governments increasingly use the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, especially where they believe they cannot meet the higher burden of proof requirements under the various criminal healthcare fraud provisions. Many of these laws provide significant civil and criminal penalties for noncompliance and can be enforced by private individuals through whistleblower or qui tam actions. For example, the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law provides for penalties ranging from $10,000 to $50,000 per prohibited act and assessments of up to three times the amount claimed or received. Further, violations of the FCA are punishable by treble damages and penalties of up to $11,000 per false claim. Whistleblowers, the federal government and some courts have taken the position that entities that allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the federal Anti-Kickback Law, have thereby submitted false claims under the FCA.

From time to time, constituents in the healthcare industry, including us, may be subject to actions under the FCA or other fraud and abuse provisions. We cannot guarantee that state and federal agencies will regard any billing errors we process as inadvertent or will not hold us responsible for any compliance issues related to claims we handle on behalf of providers and payers. Although we believe our editing processes are consistent with applicable reimbursement rules and industry practice, a court, enforcement agency or whistleblower could challenge these practices. We cannot predict the impact of any enforcement actions under the various false claims and fraud and abuse laws applicable to our operations. Even an unsuccessful challenge of our practices could cause adverse publicity and cause us to incur significant legal and related costs.

102

Requirements Regarding the Confidentiality, Privacy and Security of Personal Information

Data Protection and Breaches. In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the improper dissemination of personal information of individuals both within and outside of the healthcare industry. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals. In many cases, these laws are limited to electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or considering stricter and broader requirements. Pursuant to ARRA, HHS must issue regulations later this year requiring covered entities to report certain security breaches to individuals affected by the breach and, in some cases, to HHS or to the public via a website. This reporting obligation will apply broadly to breaches involving unsecured protected health information and will become effective 30 days from the date HHS issues these regulations for Covered Entities, such as our clearinghouse. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, has prosecuted some data breach cases as unfair and deceptive acts or practices under the Federal Trade Commission Act. Further, some of our customers are subject to a new federal rule requiring creditors, which may include health providers and health plans, to implement identity theft prevention programs to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with customer accounts. We may be required to make changes to our operations to assist our customers in complying with this rule. We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security breaches or incidents.

HIPAA Privacy Standards and Security Standards. The privacy regulations established under HIPAA, or Privacy Standards, and the security regulations established under HIPAA, or Security Standards, apply directly as a Covered Entity to our operations as a healthcare clearinghouse and indirectly as a Business Associate to other aspects of our operations as a result of our contractual obligations to our customers. Effective February 17, 2010, ARRA will extend the direct application of some provisions of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards to us when we are functioning as a Business Associate of our payer or provider customers. The Privacy Standards extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information by Covered Entities and their Business Associates. For example, the Privacy Standards permit Covered Entities and their Business Associates to use and disclose individually identifiable health information for treatment and to process claims for payment, but other uses and disclosures, such as marketing communications, require written authorization from the individual or must meet an exception specified under the Privacy Standards. The Privacy Standards also provide patients with rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used and disclosed. Effective February 17, 2010 or later, in the case of restrictions tied to the issuance of implementing regulations, ARRA will impose stricter limitations on certain types of uses and disclosures, such as additional restrictions on marketing communications and the sale of individually identifiable health information. To the extent permitted by the Privacy Standards, ARRA and our contracts with our customers, we may use and disclose individually identifiable health information to perform our services and for other limited purposes, such as creating de-identified information. Determining whether data has been sufficiently de-identified to comply with the Privacy Standards and our contractual obligations may require complex factual and statistical analyses and may be subject to interpretation. The Security Standards require Covered Entities and their Business Associates to implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information that is electronically transmitted or electronically stored.

103

If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of health information entrusted to us, we could be found to have breached our contracts with our customers. Further, HIPAA includes civil and criminal penalties for Covered Entities that violate the Privacy Standards or the Security Standards, and ARRA significantly increased the amount of the civil penalties. Effective February 17, 2010, Business Associates will also be directly subject to civil and criminal penalties for violation of these standards. Recently, CMS, which enforced the Security Standards until July 2009, and the HHS Office for Civil Rights, which enforces the Privacy Standards and the Security Standards as well, appear to have increased their enforcement activities. CMS announced August 3, 2009 that the Office of Civil Rights, or OCR, will now have responsibility for Security Standards enforcement as well, which may result in even greater enforcement. ARRA has strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA, which may result in further increases in enforcement activity. For example, HHS is required by ARRA to conduct periodic compliance audits of Covered Entities and their Business Associates. ARRA also authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations of HIPAA privacy and security regulations that threaten the privacy of state residents.

We have implemented and maintain policies and processes to assist us in complying with the Privacy Standards, the Security Standards and our contractual obligations. We cannot provide assurance regarding how these standards will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations.

Other Requirements. In addition to HIPAA, numerous other state and federal laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of individually identifiable health information and healthcare provider information. In addition, some states are considering new laws and regulations that further protect the confidentiality, privacy and security of health records or other types of medical information. In many cases, these state laws are not preempted by the HIPAA Privacy Standards and may be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities. Further, the U.S. Congress and a number of states have considered or are considering prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of medical or other information to individuals or entities located outside of the United States.

Insurance

Our business involves an inherent risk of product liability and general liability and any claims of these types could have an adverse impact on us. We believe we take appropriate precautions, primarily self-insurance combined with product liability and general liability insurance coverage, to provide adequate coverage for possible liability claims. Though our insurance coverage and cash flows have been adequate to provide for liability claims in the past, such liability claims could exceed our insurance coverage limits and cash flows, and insurance may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to ensure we maintain adequate levels of coverage.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be involved in disputes or litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

Employees

As of September 30, 2009, we had 2,902 full-time employees and 835 part-time employees, consisting of 386 general and administrative personnel, 3,187 field management and operations

104

personnel, 71 research and development personnel, 32 information technology personnel, and 61 sales and marketing personnel. We believe that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

Properties

We do not own any real property. Our principal executive offices are located in Alpharetta, Georgia. The following is a list of our principal facilities and their principal functions:


Location	Square Footage	Principal Function
Alpharetta, Georgia	57,354	ROI data and distribution center
Alpharetta, Georgia	14,105	Principal executive offices
Columbia, South Carolina	46,030	Operations and data center
Las Vegas, Nevada	20,625	Warehouse
Midvale, Utah	5,268	Western regional office
Morrisville, North Carolina	7,897	Mid-Atlantic regional office
Nixa, Missouri	72,120	Healthcare consulting division
Ridgeland, Mississippi	7,172	Southern regional office

We believe that our facilities are generally adequate for current and anticipated future use, although we may from time to time lease new facilities or vacate existing facilities as our operations require.

105

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees

Set forth below are the name, age, position and a description of the business experience of each of our executive officers, directors, director nominees and other key employees as of November 13, 2009. The descriptions below include each person’s service as a board member of HealthPort, Inc. and our predecessor. Currently, each of the individuals listed below as a director serves as a member of the board of directors of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC pursuant to the terms of the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement.”


Name	Age	Position
Patrick J. Haynes III	60	Chairman of the Board of Directors
Michael J. Labedz	44	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Brian M. Grazzini	45	Chief Financial Officer
Steve Roberts	38	Chief Operating Officer
William V.B. Webb	57	Executive Vice President
William Matits	43	Senior Vice President — Sales
Gene Guertin	53	Chief Information Officer
Jay M. Grossman	50	Director
Erik Brooks	42	Director
Hilary K. Grove	34	Director
Harry S. Bennett	64	Director Nominee
Jack Langer	60	Director Nominee

Executive Officers

Michael J. Labedz has served as our president and chief executive officer since June 19, 2008 and as a member of our board of directors since December 2006. Prior to becoming president and chief executive officer, Mr. Labedz held several senior management positions. He has over 20 years of industry and operational experience in industries such as healthcare, insurance, telecommunications, transaction processing, financial settlement, information technology services and business integration. From July 2006 to December 2006, Mr. Labedz was president of Thurston Group, LLC, a private investment firm located in Chicago, Illinois. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Labedz held several senior positions with Billing Services Group, a telecommunications data clearinghouse and settlement company, most recently as senior vice president of strategy and operations. Mr. Labedz also served as chief operating officer for Productivity Point International, a computer services company, and as a management consultant with Deloitte Consulting. Mr. Labedz graduated from the University of Illinois with a joint Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and a Master of Science degree in Accountancy Sciences.

Brian M. Grazzini has served as our chief financial officer since March 2008. From July 2007 through March 2008, Mr. Grazzini served as a consultant to Genoa Healthcare, a provider of long-term healthcare services. From August 2004 through July 2007, Mr. Grazzini served as chief financial officer for Genoa Healthcare. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Grazzini served as executive vice president and chief financial officer for Centennial Healthcare Corporation, a provider of long-term healthcare services. From 1995 to 2001, he served as senior vice president of finance for Mariner Healthcare, Inc., where he was responsible for financial reporting functions and the direction of the treasury and accounts receivable departments. Mr. Grazzini also served as vice president of finance for several different operational divisions, including rehabilitative services, institutional pharmacy, outpatient rehabilitation clinics, physician management practice, nursing

106

home and assisted living facilities. Mr. Grazzini has 25 years of experience in accounting and finance, 14 of those years in various senior management positions in healthcare. Mr. Grazzini holds a Bachelor of Accounting degree from Kennesaw State University.

Steve Roberts has served as our chief operating officer since June 2007. From October 2005 to June 2007, Mr. Roberts served as chief operating officer of Smart Document Solutions, LLC, which we acquired in June 2007. From June 2003 to October 2005, Mr. Roberts served as general manager of the Americas services of General Electric Healthcare. Prior to joining GE Healthcare, from June 2001 to June 2003, Mr. Roberts served as vice president of operations for Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, a leading provider of prescription management software and services. Prior to joining Allscripts, Mr. Roberts served in key leadership positions in the areas of services, systems integration, and support for over nine years at McKesson Corporation, a healthcare services company. Mr. Roberts holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Administration from Augustana College and a Master of Business Administration degree from The Kellogg School at Northwestern University.

William V.B. Webb has served as our executive vice president since January 2007. From June 1999 through January 2007, Mr. Webb was the chief development officer and served as a director for Symbion, Inc., a public company that owned and managed national ambulatory care centers. Prior to June 1999, Mr. Webb served as the chief executive officer and as a member of the board of directors of Ambulatory Resource Centres, Inc. until it was acquired by Symbion, Inc. Mr. Webb graduated from Vanderbilt University and served four years as a supply officer in the United States Navy.

William Matits has served as our senior vice president — sales since July 2007. From October 2005 to June 2007, Mr. Matits served as the senior vice president of sales of Smart Document Solutions, LLC, which we acquired in June 2007. Prior to joining SDS, Mr. Matits served as sales territory manager from September 1992 to August 1994 for TMC Corporation, a global medical device manufacturer. Previous to TMC Corporation, Mr. Matits served as district sales manager for Bank of America, Business Services from June 1990 to July 1992. Before that, Mr. Matits served as district sales manager for Automatic Data Processing, the world’s largest provider of outsourcing services from June 1988 to May 1990. Mr. Matits holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Marketing from Fairfield University’s Dolan School of Business.

Gene Guertin has served as our chief information officer since June 2007. From May 2001 to June 2007, Mr. Guertin served as chief information officer of Smart Document Solutions, LLC, which we acquired in June 2007. From September 2000 through April 2001, Mr. Guertin served as senior vice president of operations and development for Zip-Zap.com, a wireless application service provider. From October 1999 to September 2000, Mr. Guertin was vice president of software development for USGift.com, an internet on-line retailer. Prior to joining USGift.com, Mr. Guertin held executive and senior management positions with American Business Products/Curtis 1000, GTE/Contel, now known as Verizon, Tanner Companies and Bechtel Power Corporation. Mr. Guertin holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Civil and Environment Engineering from the New Jersey Institute of Technology and a Master of Business Administration degree from Frostburg State University. Mr. Guertin received CIO Decisions magazine CIO Leadership award in 2006 and is a licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Maryland.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified, or their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

107

Directors

Patrick J. Haynes, III has served as our Chairman and as a member of our board of directors since December 2006. From December 2006 through June 2008, Mr. Haynes served as our president and chief executive officer. From 2002 until 2006, he served as chairman of Billing Services Group, LTD, which was the successor to Avery Communication, Inc. From 1998 to 2000, he served as chairman of Invengen, LLC, which was acquired by US Information Technologies. From 1992 to 1995, he served as chairman of American Communications Services, Inc. which became E-Spire. Mr. Haynes serves as chairman of Thurston Group, LLC, which he founded in 1986. Prior to that, Mr. Haynes was an investment banker with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith LLP, now known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and Lehman Brothers. Mr. Haynes serves as a member of the board of directors of various not-for-profit entities.

Jay M. Grossman has served as a director since December 2006. Mr. Grossman is a managing partner at ABRY Partners, our largest stockholder, which he joined in 1996. Prior to joining ABRY Partners, Mr. Grossman was an investment banker specializing in media and entertainment at Kidder Peabody and Prudential Securities. Mr. Grossman currently serves as a director (or the equivalent) of Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. and several private companies, including Monitronics International, Inc., Caprock Communications, LLC, Atlantic Broadband, LLC, CyrusOne, LLC and Executive Health Resource, Inc. Mr. Grossman has a Bachelors of Arts degree from Dickinson College and a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Business School.

Erik Brooks has served as a director since December 2006. Mr. Brooks is a partner at ABRY Partners, our largest stockholder, which he joined in 1999. Prior to joining ABRY Partners, Mr. Brooks was a vice president at NCH Capital, a private equity investment fund, from 1995 to 1999. Mr. Brooks currently serves as a director (or the equivalent) of Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. and several private companies, including Monitronics International, Inc., KidzCo LLC Music Resorts, Inc., and Proquest, Inc. Mr. Brooks has a Bachelor of Science degree from Brown University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Business School.

Hilary K. Grove has served as a director since December 2006. Ms. Grove is a principal at ABRY Partners, our largest stockholder, which she joined in 1999. Prior to joining ABRY Partners, Ms. Grove was an investment banking analyst at Lehman Brothers from 1997 to 1999. Ms. Grove currently serves as a director of several private companies, including Executive Health Resources, Inc., Triple Point Technology, Inc. and Charleston Newspapers. Ms. Grove holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Dartmouth College.

Director Nominees

Harry S. Bennett has been nominated, and has agreed to serve, as a member of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. From 2000 until 2008, he served as chairman and chief executive officer of Country Road Communications, LLC, a diversified telecommunications services provider. From 1973 until 1998, he served in several roles, including executive vice president at AT&T Inc. Mr. Bennett has a Bachelor of Arts degree from the United States Military Academy at West Point and a Master of Science degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Sloan School of Business.

Jack Langer has been nominated, and has agreed to serve, as a member of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Langer is a private investor. From 1997 until 2002, he served as managing director and global co-head of the media group at Lehman Brothers Inc. From 1995 until 1997, he served as the managing director and head of the media group at Bankers Trust & Company. From 1990 until 1994, he served as managing director and head of the media group at Kidder Peabody & Company, Inc. Mr. Langer currently serves as a

108

director of CKX, Inc., SBA Communications Corp., and Atlantic Broadband Corporation, a private company. Mr. Langer has a Bachelor of Arts degree from Yale College and a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Business School.

Corporate Governance

Controlled Company

We intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exception under the corporate governance rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Accordingly, we will not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors, nor will we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. The controlled company exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and The NASDAQ Stock Market, which require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and each of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs will be managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our bylaws will provide that our board of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total directors then in office. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be comprised of seven directors. Currently, all of our directors are either employed by us or affiliated with ABRY Partners and, therefore, none are considered independent under The NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Messrs. Bennett and Langer have been nominated as directors, each to serve a term beginning immediately following the completion of this offering. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Bennett and Langer are independent under the corporate governance rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. The directors will have discretion to increase or decrease the size of the board of directors.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has or plans to establish the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board.

Audit Committee

We have an audit committee consisting of Messrs. Haynes and Labedz and Ms. Grove. Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Mr. Langer, Mr. Bennett and Ms. Grove. Mr. Langer will be the chairperson of this committee. Our audit committee will have responsibility for, among other things:

•

selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

•

evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

•

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

•

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

109

•

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results; and

•

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

The SEC rules and The NASDAQ Stock Market rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and all independent audit committee members within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Bennett and Mr. Langer meet the definition of independent directors for purposes of serving on an audit committee under applicable SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market rules, and we intend to comply with these independence requirements within the time periods specified. In addition, Mr. Bennett qualifies as our audit committee financial expert.

Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Grossman, Mr. Langer and Mr. Bennett. Mr. Grossman will be the chairperson of this committee. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•

reviewing and approving compensation of our executive officers including annual base salary, annual incentive bonuses, specific goals, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensations or arrangements;

•

reviewing succession planning for our executive officers;

•

reviewing and recommending compensation goals, bonus and equity-based compensation criteria for our employees;

•

reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Executive Compensation” disclosure required by SEC rules;

•

determining the compensation of our directors;

•

preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

•

administrating, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our corporate governance and nominating committee will consist of Mr. Grossman, Mr. Brooks and Mr. Bennett. Mr. Grossman will be the chairperson of this committee.

The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

•

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;

•

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

•

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

•

recommending members for each board committee of our board of directors.

110

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Ethics

We will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics will be available upon completion of this offering on our corporate website at www.healthport.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering and our corporate reorganization, our directors have not received compensation for their services as directors, except for the reimbursement of reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by directors in connection with attending any meetings of the board of directors or any committee thereof. Certain members of our board of directors received incentive shares and reimbursements for services provided to HealthPort. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We did not pay any compensation to our directors during 2008 because all of our directors were either employees of our company or affiliated with ABRY Partners, our largest stockholder.

Our executive officers who are members of our board of directors and the directors who continue to provide services to, or are affiliated with, ABRY Partners will not receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. Only those directors who are considered independent directors under the corporate governance rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market are eligible to receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. Messrs. Bennett and Langer and all other non-employee directors not affiliated with ABRY Partners will be paid quarterly in arrears:

•

a base annual retainer of $40,000 in cash;

•

an additional annual retainer of $10,000 in cash to the chair of the audit committee; and

•

a fee of $1,000 for each board meeting and audit committee meeting attended.

In addition, upon initial election to our board of directors, each non-employee director will receive an option grant of 25,000 shares of our common stock, which will vest annually in equal installments over four years. For each year of continued service thereafter, each non-employee director will receive an annual option grant of 7,500 shares, which will vest annually in equal installments over four years. We will also reimburse directors for reasonable expenses incurred to attend meetings of our board of directors or committees.

Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a consulting agreement with Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, for his services as the chairman of the board of directors. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Mr. Haynes will be paid an annual fee ranging from $276,000 to $451,000 depending on the achievement of certain Measured EBITDA targets and a monthly automobile allowance of $1,250. We have also agreed to indemnify Mr. Haynes from and against any claim by any person with respect to his activities as Chairman. Mr. Haynes will be subject to restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation obligations.

111

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid or awarded to, or earned by, our named executive officers, or NEOs, who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers. For 2008, the named executive officers were:

•

Michael J. Labedz, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

•

Brian M. Grazzini, our Chief Financial Officer;

•

Steve Roberts, our Chief Operating Officer;

•

William V.B. Webb, our Executive Vice President;

•

William Matits, our Senior Vice President — Sales;

•

Patrick J. Haynes, III, our current Chairman and our former President and Chief Executive Officer; and

•

Peter Schmitt, our former Chief Financial Officer.

Historical Compensation Decisions

Our compensation approach is necessarily tied to our stage of development. Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company with a relatively small number of stockholders, including our largest stockholder, ABRY Partners. As such, we have not been subject to stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of a compensation committee. Most, if not all, of our prior compensation policies and determinations, including those made for 2008, have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our board of directors. These negotiations centered around the expected contribution of the respective executive officer to our corporate performance, the responsibilities delegated to each executive officer and the competitive marketplace for executive talent at other similarly situated companies operating in the healthcare information technology and services industry based upon the general knowledge possessed by our board of directors. Bonus payments and grants of incentive shares were determined in the sole discretion of our board of directors.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our compensation committee will review and approve the compensation of our NEOs and oversee and administer our executive compensation program and initiatives. As we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. For example, over time we may reduce our reliance upon subjective determinations made by our board of directors in favor of a more empirically-based approach that involves benchmarking against peer companies. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our named executive officers for 2008 is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers after this offering.

We have strived to create an executive compensation program that balances short-term versus long-term payments and awards, cash payments versus equity awards and fixed versus

112

contingent payments and awards in ways that we believe are most appropriate to motivate our executive officers. Our executive compensation program is designed to:

•

attract and retain talented and experienced executives in our industry;

•

reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

•

align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value and rewarding executive officers when stockholder value increases;

•

ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the contributions each executive makes to our success;

•

foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with the goals of the executive management team and our company;

•

compensate our executives in a manner that incentivizes them to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives; and

•

weigh tax and accounting considerations and the expectation of our executive officers and stockholders including, following this offering, our public stockholders.

The compensation committee will meet outside the presence of all of our executive officers, including our NEOs, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer. For all other NEOs, the compensation committee will meet outside the presence of all executive officers except our Chief Executive Officer. Going forward, our Chief Executive Officer will review annually each other NEO’s performance with the compensation committee and recommend appropriate base salary, cash performance awards and grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all other executive officers. Based upon these recommendations from our Chief Executive Officer and in consideration of the objectives described above and the principles described below, the compensation committee will approve the annual compensation packages of our executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee also will annually analyze our Chief Executive Officer’s performance and determine his base salary, cash performance awards and grants of long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance with input from any consultants engaged by the compensation committee.

We have not retained a compensation consultant to review our policies and procedures with respect to executive compensation, although the compensation committee may elect in the future to retain a compensation consultant if it determines that doing so would assist it in implementing and maintaining compensation plans.

Following this offering, our compensation committee, subject to the terms of each executive’s employment agreement, will determine compensation for our NEOs.

Elements of Compensation

We anticipate that our executive compensation program will consist of:

•

base salary;

•

cash incentive awards linked to corporate and business segment performance under our cash incentive opportunity program;

•

periodic grants of long-term equity-based compensation, such as restricted stock or options;

•

other executive benefits and perquisites; and

•

employment agreements, which contain termination and change of control benefits.

113

We will combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our stockholders.

Base Salary

The primary component of compensation of our executive officers has historically been base salary. We believe that the base salary element is required in order to provide our executive officers with a stable income stream that is commensurate with their responsibilities and competitive market conditions. The base salaries of Messrs. Grazzini, Roberts and Schmitt are reviewed on an annual basis and are established in their respective employment agreements.

The base salaries of Messrs. Labedz, Haynes and Webb are determined at least annually, subject to additional determinations upon an acquisition, based upon the achievement of Measured EBITDA, as defined below, within a range of $5.0 million to greater than $25.0 million as set forth in their respective employment agreements. At the time we negotiated their respective employment agreements, we established our corporate financial performance objective and target amounts with reference to achieving pre-set levels of desired financial performance, and with consideration given to our annual and long-term financial plan, as well as to macroeconomic conditions. We believe this corporate performance objective reflected our overall company goals, which balanced the achievement of revenue growth and improving our operating efficiency. For each of Messrs. Labedz, Haynes and Webb, the Measured EBITDA target levels increase in $5 million increments, with each target level subject to a corresponding salary level. Under their respective employment agreements, Measured EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding any add-backs and pro forma adjustments for acquisitions, as determined in good faith by our board of directors, for the trailing three months, which is then annualized. We then compare Measured EBITDA with the Measured EBITDA target levels set forth in their respective employment agreement to determine whether to readjust their respective salary level going forward. The Measured EBITDA performance evaluation metric as calculated under their respective employment agreements is calculated differently from the Adjusted EBITDA financial measure that is used by management to measure the consolidated financial performance of the business and adjusted EBITDA as defined in our credit agreement.

For the quarter ended June 30, 2008, our Measured EBITDA was $20.0 million. Measured EBITDA during this period was defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, including approximately $900,000 of add backs related to severance and compensation related expenses. In accordance with their respective employment agreements, each of Messrs. Labedz and Haynes’s salary was increased from $350,000 to $400,000, effective July 1, 2008. For the quarter ended December 31, 2008, our Measured EBITDA was $28.4 million. Measured EBITDA during this period was defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding approximately $1.3 million of various other adjustments primarily related to the accrual of expenses allowed under our credit facility. In accordance with their respective employment agreements, each of Messrs. Labedz and Haynes’s salary was increased from $400,000 to $475,000, effective October 1, 2008. Our President and Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors determined that their base salaries should be effective as of October 1, 2008 rather than January 1, 2009 because of their significant contribution towards the successful integration of the ChartOne acquisition, which was completed during the fourth quarter, and the overall performance of the company. Mr. Webb’s salary was maintained at $300,000 during 2008. The base salaries paid to our NEOs in 2008 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

114

We are a party to a consulting arrangement with Haynes, LLC to provide consulting services to us. Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, is the sole member, officer and manager of Haynes, LLC. We are also party to an expense-sharing arrangement with Thurston Group, an entity controlled by Mr. Haynes, whereby we reimburse Thurston Group for various corporate services including rent and certain administrative and clerical services. Fees paid to Haynes, LLC for Mr. Haynes are included in the 2008 Summary Compensation Table.

On January 5, 2009, HealthPort Technologies, LLC, our indirect subsidiary, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Matits. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Matits’s salary is set at $200,000 per year, subject to review on a quarterly basis.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a consulting agreement with Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, for his services as the chairman of the board of directors. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Mr. Haynes will be paid an annual fee ranging from $276,000 to $451,000 depending on the achievement of certain Measured EBITDA targets and a monthly automobile allowance of $1,250. We have also agreed to indemnify Mr. Haynes from and against any and all claims by any person with respect to his activities as Chairman. Mr. Haynes will be subject to restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation obligations.

Cash Incentive Awards

An additional component of compensation of our executive officers is our annual cash incentive opportunity program. The starting point involved the determination of a target cash incentive opportunity for each NEO, which is an amount based on a specific percentage of each NEOs salary. The cash incentive targets of Messrs. Grazzini and Roberts are based upon negotiations between the respective NEO and our board of directors in connection with the NEOs employment agreement, which currently provide that Messrs. Grazzini and Roberts are each eligible to receive an annual cash bonus of up to 100% of their respective base salary.

The cash incentive targets of Messrs. Labedz, Haynes and Webb are determined on an annual basis upon the achievement of Measured EBITDA within a range of $5.0 million to greater than $25.0 million as set forth in their respective employment agreements. At the time we negotiated their respective employment agreements, we established our corporate financial performance objective and target amounts with reference to achieving pre-set levels of desired financial performance, and with consideration given to our annual and long-term financial plan, as well as to macroeconomic conditions. We believe this corporate performance objective reflected our overall company goals, which balanced the achievement of revenue growth and improving our operating efficiency. For each of Messrs. Labedz, Haynes and Webb, the Measured EBITDA target levels increase in $5 million increments, with each target level subject to a corresponding target level of bonus compensation that is structured as a percentage of such executive officer’s annual base salary. Under their respective employment agreements, Measured EBITDA is defined the same for the cash incentive opportunity program as for the determination of base salary, but is only used to determine the target level of bonus compensation as a percentage of such executive officer’s annual base salary. We then compare Measured EBITDA with the Measured EBITDA target levels set forth in their respective employment agreement to determine the cash incentive opportunity as a percentage of salary. The Measured EBITDA performance evaluation metric as calculated under their respective employment agreements is calculated differently from the Adjusted EBITDA financial measure that is used by management to measure the consolidated financial performance of the business and adjusted EBITDA, as defined in our credit agreement. For 2008, the target cash incentive opportunity (stated as a percentage of salary) for Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Webb, Haynes and Schmitt was 50%, 100%, 100%, 50%, 100% and 50%, respectively.

115

Each year we establish our corporate financial performance objective and target amounts with reference to achieving pre-set levels of desired financial performance, and with consideration given to our annual and long-term financial plan, as well as to macroeconomic conditions. For 2008, the annual cash bonus was linked to achievement of adjusted EBITDA as defined in our credit agreement. We believe this corporate performance objective reflected our overall company goals for 2008, which balanced the achievement of revenue growth and improving our operating efficiency. For purposes of determining the actual bonus amounts under our cash incentive opportunity program in 2008, we used adjusted EBITDA as defined in our credit agreement, which was defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, including approximately $9.7 million in pro forma adjustments related to the ChartOne acquisition in September 2008 and excluding approximately $1.7 million of various other adjustments primarily related to the accrual of expenses allowed under our credit facility. Our President and Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors determined that these unplanned costs were outside management’s control and excluded them when measuring adjusted EBITDA achievement under the cash incentive opportunity program.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our adjusted EBITDA, as defined in our credit agreement, was $30.2 million. Our board of directors, in its discretion, determined to award Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Webb, Haynes and Schmitt’s cash incentive bonus of approximately 50%, 109%, 79%, 24%, 100% and 0% of base salary, respectively. Our board of directors, together with Mr. Labedz, reviewed the achievement of adjusted EBITDA, as defined in our credit agreement, by the Company and the respective executive’s scope of responsibility and impact on the performance on the Company, including factors related to the integration of ChartOne, following December 31, 2008. Our board of directors determined the actual amount of bonus paid to Mr. Labedz, and together with Mr. Labedz, determined the bonus payment for each of the other NEOs.

Mr. Matits’s cash incentive was based upon commissions generated by him and his sales organization during the year. Mr. Matits’s current commission rate is 6.5% of second month sales of reoccurring revenue, which is defined as the first full month of revenue from a new site, attributed to all individuals in his sales organization. In addition, if the sales dollar volume based on fourth month sales, which is defined as the average revenue of months two, three and four from a new site, exceeds the sales dollar volume based on actual second month sales, Mr. Matits’s earns an additional commission of 6.5% of this increase. If fourth month sales are less than the sales dollar volume based on actual second month sales 6.5% of the decrease between the second and fourth month sales dollar volume will be deducted from future commission earnings. Mr. Matits’s is also eligible to receive additional commission payments if individuals in his sales group generate certain levels of non-reoccurring revenue based upon a formula set forth in his employment agreement, as well as if we realize certain amounts of sales dollar volumes for a particular fiscal quarter.

Our board of directors, in its discretion, may make adjustments to an NEOs cash incentive payout. In addition, our board of directors, in its discretion, may also choose to authorize additional cash awards to NEOs for outstanding individual performance, which constitutes significant accomplishments achieved in part or in full by the NEO in advancing our overall business objectives. For 2008, as with prior years, individual performance goals and objectives were not formally pre-established and documented for each NEO. Rather, the board of directors’ review involved obtaining an understanding of the specific significant contributions made by each NEO. For 2008, our board of directors did not pay out any additional discretionary cash awards.

Our board of directors has recently agreed to pay Mr. Labedz $187,500 as part of his anticipated bonus for 2009. In addition, our board of directors has recently agreed to pay

116

Mr. Haynes a pro rata portion of his anticipated bonus for 2009 that would be due through the closing date of this offering. As discussed earlier, the cash incentive targets of Messrs. Labedz and Haynes is determined on an annual basis upon the achievement of Measured EBITDA within a range of $5.0 million to greater than $25.0 million. Our Measured EBITDA for the trailing three months ended March 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009 was $34.0 million and $42.0 million, respectively. Pursuant to their employment agreements, Messrs. Labedz and Haynes’s cash incentive targets were set at 50% and 100% of their base salary, respectively. As discussed earlier, each of their base salaries was increased from $400,000 to $475,000, effective as of October 1, 2008. As a result, Mr. Labedz received $187,500 as part of his anticipated bonus for 2009 and Mr. Haynes will receive the pro rata portion of his anticipated bonus for 2009, which we currently expect to be approximately $395,000. Our board of directors determined in its discretion that Mr. Labedz should receive a portion of his anticipated bonus for 2009 because of his contribution towards the successful integration of the ChartOne acquisition, which was completed during the period, and the overall performance of the company during this period. Similarly, our board of directors determined in its discretion that Mr. Haynes should receive the pro rata portion of his anticipated bonus for 2009 in light of his move to a fixed compensation structure as Chairman of our board of directors.

Based upon our achievement of Measured EBITDA as calculated under the cash incentive opportunity program, and each of Messrs. Labedz, Haynes and Webb’s respective performance review, actual cash incentives earned pursuant to the annual cash incentive opportunity program for each NEO for 2008 are shown in the Summary Compensation Table. Based upon our overall corporate performance and Messrs. Grazzini and Roberts’s respective performance review, actual cash incentives earned pursuant to the annual cash incentive opportunity program for Messrs. Grazzini and Roberts’s for 2008 are shown in the Summary Compensation Table.

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation

Equity-based awards granted to our NEOs, which prior to this offering have been in the form of Series B shares, provide a long-term incentive and align a portion of our executives’ compensation to the interests of our stockholders and to each other, helping them to work together for their mutual success. Equity-based compensation also fosters a long-term commitment to us by our NEOs and balances the short-term cash components of compensation that we provide. We believe that, when our executive officers possess an ownership interest in us, they have a continuing stake in our long-term success.

Prior to the corporate reorganization, we granted equity awards to our NEOs pursuant to incentive share purchase agreements with each recipient, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement and Amended and Restated Members Agreement, dated September 22, 2008, which we refer to as the Members Agreement, which permit the grant of incentive shares to our employees by our board of directors. In allocating the number of incentive shares awarded to our NEOs, our board of directors considered each individual’s compensation package and made a subjective determination of the number of incentive shares that would be appropriate to retain and motivate each executive officer in his position. Our board of directors also considered the individual responsibilities of our NEOs.

Our board of directors granted Series B shares to Messrs. Grazzini and Roberts on March 31, 2008. On December 15, 2008, our board of directors granted Series B shares to senior executives, including Messrs. Labedz, Roberts, Matits and Haynes. In connection with each grant of Series B shares, each executive officer executed an incentive share purchase agreement

117

as of the date of such grant. The grants to Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Matits and Haynes consisted of 2,691,075, 2,800,000, 2,800,000, 600,000 and 3,321,200 Series B shares, respectively. The Series B shares may not be transferred without the prior written consent of our board of directors, except as provided in the Members Agreement or in accordance with the repurchase provisions of the respective NEOs incentive share purchase agreement.

Under Mr. Labedz’s incentive share purchase agreement, Mr. Labedz’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 30% immediately upon grant, 45% on the first anniversary, 60% on the second anniversary, 80% on the third anniversary, 90% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. In addition, all Series B shares will become immediately vested upon a sale of the company or upon an initial public offering provided Mr. Labedz is an employee of our company at the time of such event.

Under Mr. Grazzini’s incentive share purchase agreement, Mr. Grazzini’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. In addition, all Series B shares will become immediately vested upon a sale of the company provided Mr. Grazzini is an employee of our company at the time of such event.

Under Mr. Roberts’s incentive share purchase agreements dated March 31 and December 15, 2008, respectively, Mr. Roberts Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of each of the respective grant dates. In addition, all Series B shares will become immediately vested upon a sale of the company provided Mr. Roberts is an employee of our company at the time of such event.

Under Mr. Matits’s incentive share purchase agreement, Mr. Matits’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. In addition, all Series B shares will become immediately vested upon a sale of the company provided Mr. Matits is an employee of our company at the time of such event.

Under Mr. Haynes’s incentive share purchase agreement, Mr. Haynes’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 30% immediately upon grant, 45% on the first anniversary, 60% on the second anniversary, 80% on the third anniversary, 90% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. In addition, all Series B shares will become immediately vested upon a sale of the company or upon an initial public offering provided Mr. Haynes is an employee of our company at the time of such event.

Mr. Webb did not receive a grant of Series B shares in 2008.

In connection with our corporate reorganization, our NEO’s received 1,295,487 shares of our common stock in exchange for their Series B shares, based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

In addition, in connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a new omnibus incentive plan pursuant to which a total of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock will be authorized for issuance. See “— 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” The compensation committee will determine, subject to the employment agreements, any future equity awards

118

that each NEO will be granted pursuant to the 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Shares subject to awards that expire or are cancelled or forfeited, or that are repurchased by us pursuant to the terms of the agreements, will again become available for issuance under the 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to issue 282,200, 252,658, 200,000, 110,400, 108,267 and 262,200 shares, in the aggregate, of restricted stock and stock options to Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Webb, Matits and Haynes, respectively to incentive them to increase shareholder value and to further align management’s goals with our shareholders. Each of these awards will be granted under our omnibus incentive plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering. See “— 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

Other Executive Benefits and Perquisites

Our NEOs are eligible to receive the same benefits that we provide to other full-time employees, including health and welfare benefits and participation in our 401(k) Savings Plan. In April 2008, we suspended our company match of contributions of our employees participating in our 401(k) Savings Plan. We also provide a select group of management employees, including our NEOs, term life and disability insurance.

We also provide certain of our NEOs with an automobile allowance, a tax gross up for spousal travel and all are eligible to participate in our deferred compensation plan. For 2008, we reimbursed Mr. Haynes for club dues and expenses. In 2009, we expect to continue to provide the same elements of compensation (base salary, perquisites, annual cash incentives and equity-based awards) to our NEOs. In addition, following this offering, we will continue to evaluate our compensation programs in light of our status as a public company.

Employment Agreements and Termination and Change of Control Benefits

Each of our NEOs is party to an employment agreement with us, which agreements were negotiated with the respective NEO and which specify some terms of compensation, including base salary, eligibility for an annual cash bonus and severance payments and benefits. Pursuant to these agreements, each NEO is subject to restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation obligations. The employment of each NEO under these agreements will continue in effect until terminated by us or by the NEO. These agreements are intended to assure us of the executive’s continued employment and to provide stability in our senior management team. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Haynes’s current employment agreement will terminate with us and we intend to enter into a consulting agreement with Mr. Haynes, our Chairman. Mr. Schmitt resigned from his position as our chief financial officer effective March 18, 2008. See “— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

119

2008 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation for the year ended December 31, 2008 earned by, or paid to, our NEOs.


Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary ($)		Bonus ($)(1)	Stock Awards ($)(2)	Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3)	All Other Compensation ($)(4)	Total ($)
Michael J. Labedz President and Chief Executive Officer(5)	2008	381,750	(6)	—	178,607	187,500	20,139	767,996
Brian M. Grazzini Chief Financial Officer(7)	2008	217,709		—	112,796	237,500	9,500	577,505
Steve Roberts Chief Operating Officer	2008	300,000		—	61,854	237,500	14,744	614,098
William V.B. Webb Executive Vice President	2008	306,750	(8)	—	35,169	75,000	18,730	435,649
William Matits Senior Vice President — Sales(9)	2008	188,662		142,397	638	—	11,757	343,454
Patrick J. Haynes, III Chairman Former President and Chief Executive Officer(10)	2008	397,467	(11)	—	252,719	381,250	16,081	1,047,517
Peter Schmitt Former Chief Financial Officer(12)	2008	76,541		—	—	—	9,009	85,550

(1)	Mr. Matits’s bonus represents commissions on sales.

(2)

The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for incentive shares for financial statement reporting purposes for fiscal year 2008 (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). See note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)	Reflects annual performance bonuses earned by the NEO pursuant to their employment agreements and our cash incentive opportunity program. These annual performance bonuses are defined as non-equity incentive plan compensation by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

(4)	This column includes 401(k) employer match, term life insurance, disability insurance, automobile allowance and tax gross ups for spousal travel. The amounts included in that column include the following:


Name	401(k) Match(a)	Term Life Insurance(b)	Disability Insurance(b)	Automobile Allowance	Tax Gross Ups for Spousal Travel
Michael J. Labedz	3,750	131	1,258	15,000	—
Brian M. Grazzini	—	—	—	9,500	—
Steve Roberts	—	—	3,892	9,427	1,425
William V.B. Webb	2,250	296	1,184	15,000	—
William Matits	—	—	6,732	3,475	1,550
Patrick J. Haynes, III	—	399	682	15,000	—
Peter Schmitt	—	—	1,885	—	7,124

(a)

Our 401(k) Savings Plan match was suspended in April 2008.

(b)

Represents premiums paid by us for applicable insurance policies.

(5)	Mr. Labedz became our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008. Mr. Labedz previously served as our Vice President.

(6)	Includes $3,000 that was paid by us to cover amounts that would have been provided by us from May 2008 through December 2008 if we had not suspended the company match feature of our 401(k) Savings Plan.

(7)	Mr. Grazzini became our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

(8)	Includes $4,500 that was paid by us to cover amounts that would have been provided by us from May 2008 through December 2008 if we had not suspended the company match feature of our 401(k) Savings Plan.

(9)	Mr. Matits’s salary was increased from $190,000 to $200,000 in June 2008.

(10)	Mr. Haynes resigned from his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008.

(11)	Includes $16,228 received as a Social Security and Medicaid payroll tax reimbursement.

(12)	Mr. Schmitt resigned from his position as our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

120

2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2008 with respect to the NEOs.


	Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)				All Other Stock Awards
Name	Threshold ($)	Target ($)	Maximum ($)	Grant Date	Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#)(2)	Grant Date Fair Value of Stock Awards ($)(3)
Michael J. Labedz President and Chief Executive Officer(4)	187,500	187,500	187,500	12/15/2008	2,691,075	487,947
Brian M. Grazzini Chief Financial Officer(5)	237,500	275,000	275,000	3/31/2008	2,800,000	508,000
Steve Roberts Chief Operating Officer	237,500	300,000	300,000	3/31/2008 12/15/2008	1,500,000 1,300,000	272,410 235,590
William V.B. Webb Executive Vice President	75,000	150,000	150,000	—	—	—
William Matits Senior Vice President — Sales	—	—	—	12/15/2008	600,000	109,030
Patrick J. Haynes, III Chairman Former President and Chief Executive Officer(6)	381,250	381,250	381,250	12/15/2008	3,321,200	602,262
Peter Schmitt Former Chief Financial Officer(7)	—	—	—	—	—	—

(1)

Reflects estimated future annual cash performance awards earned by the NEOs under our cash incentive opportunity program. The amounts in the “threshold,” “target” and “maximum” columns reflect for each NEO a percentage of base salary for such NEO. Awards are calculated and payable based, in the board of directors discretion, on a comparison between actual EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement, and the target levels established by Measured EBITDA. For a description of the material terms of these awards, see “— Cash Incentive Awards.”

(2)

Messrs. Labedz and Haynes’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 30% immediately upon grant, 45% on the first anniversary, 60% on the second anniversary, 80% on the third anniversary, 90% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of each of their respective grant dates.

Messrs. Grazzini, Roberts and Matits’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

(3)	Represents grant date fair value of units calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R).

(4)	Mr. Labedz became our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008. Mr. Labedz previously served as our Vice President.

(5)	Mr. Grazzini became our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

(6)	Mr. Haynes resigned as our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008.

(7)	Mr. Schmitt resigned as our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

121

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2008 Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards of our NEOs as of December 31, 2008 with respect to the NEO.


	Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested(#)		Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested($)(1)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested(#)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares or Other Rights That Have Not Vested($)
Michael J. Labedz President and Chief Executive Officer(2)	3,808,753		690,813	—	—
Brian M. Grazzini Chief Financial Officer(3)	2,800,000		508,000	—	—
Steve Roberts Chief Operating Officer	2,800,000	(4)	508,000	—	—
William V.B. Webb Executive Vice President	2,143,750	(5)	388,938	—	—
William Matits Senior Vice President —Sales	600,000	(6)	109,030	—	—
Patrick J. Haynes, III Chairman Former President and Chief Executive Officer(7)	5,824,840		1,056,583	—	—
Peter Schmitt Former Chief Financial Officer(8)	—		—	—	—

(1)	There was no public market for the Series B shares as of December 31, 2008. The market value of unvested incentive shares is based upon the fair market value of such incentive shares as of December 31, 2008. The value of the Series B-1 and B-2 shares was $0.26 and $0.15 per-share, respectively.

(2)

Mr. Labedz became our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008. Mr. Labedz previously served as our Vice President. Mr. Labedz’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 30% immediately upon grant, 45% on the first anniversary, 60% on the second anniversary, 80% on the third anniversary, 90% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of each of his respective grant dates.

(3)

Mr. Grazzini became our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008. Mr. Grazzini’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

(4)	Mr. Roberts’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of each of his respective grant dates.

(5)	Mr. Webb’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

(6)	Mr. Matits’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

(7)

Mr. Haynes resigned as our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008. Mr. Haynes’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 30% immediately upon grant, 45% on the first anniversary, 60% on the second anniversary, 80% on the third anniversary, 90% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

(8)	Mr. Schmitt resigned as our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

122

2008 Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to incentive shares vesting during the year ended December 31, 2008 with respect to the NEOs.


	Stock Awards
Name	Number of Shares or Units Acquired on Vesting (#)(1)	Value Realized on Vesting ($)(2)
Michael J. Labedz President and Chief Executive Officer(3)	1,529,198	277,353
Brian M. Grazzini Chief Financial Officer	—	—
Steve Roberts Chief Operating Officer(4)	—	—
William V.B. Webb Executive Vice President	612,500	111,125
William Matits Senior Vice President — Sales	—	—
Patrick J. Haynes, III Chairman Former President and Chief Executive Officer(5)	2,308,860	418,804
Peter Schmitt Former Chief Financial Officer(6)	—	—

(1)

Mr. Webb’s Series B shares vest in cumulative installments as follows: 10% on the first anniversary, 30% on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, 75% on the fourth anniversary and 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

(2)	There was no public market for the Series B shares as of December 31, 2008. The market value of unvested incentive shares is based upon the fair market value of such incentive shares as of December 31, 2008. The value of the Series B-1 and B-2 shares was $0.26 and $0.15 per-share, respectively.

(3)	Mr. Labedz became our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008. Mr. Labedz previously served as our Vice President.

(4)	Mr. Grazzini became our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

(5)	Mr. Haynes resigned as our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008.

(6)	Mr. Schmitt resigned as our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

Pension Benefits

In the year ended December 31, 2008, our NEOs did not receive pension benefits and had no accumulated pension benefits.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We have a deferred compensation plan, or Non-Qualified Plan, for certain employees. On January 1, 2008, the Non-Qualified Plan was amended to comply with recently enacted tax law changes. The purpose of this Non-Qualifed Plan is to provide selected management or highly compensated personnel of our company with the opportunity to defer amounts of their compensation which might not otherwise be deferrable under other company plans, including our 401(k) Savings Plan, and to receive the benefits of deferring their compensation, in the absence of certain restrictions and limitations in the federal tax laws. Participants elect the amount of pay they wish to defer and are immediately vested. The Non-Qualified Plan provides for these amounts to be paid upon termination of employment or upon change in ownership of our company. We do not make any contributions to this plan. Voluntary compensation deferrals are held in a Rabbi Trust as that term is defined in the federal tax laws. Distributions of plan contributions and earnings will be made upon termination of employment, disability, retirement or the financial hardship of the participant. In-service benefits are also available to participants.

123

The following table sets forth information regarding contributions and earnings under our Non-Qualified Plan during fiscal year 2008.


Name	Executive Contributions in Last FY ($)	Registrant contributions in Last FY ($)	Aggregate Earnings in Last FY ($)(1)		Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($)	Aggregate Balance at Last FYE ($)
Michael J. Labedz President and Chief Executive Officer(2)	—	—	—		—	—
Brian M. Grazzini Chief Financial Officer(3)	—	—	—		—	—
Steve Roberts Chief Operating Officer	—	—	—		—	—
William V.B. Webb Executive Vice President	—	—	—		—	—
William Matits Senior Vice President — Sales	7,341	—	(12,143	)	—	23,113
Patrick J. Haynes, III Chairman Former President and Chief Executive Officer(4)	—	—	—		—	—
Peter Schmitt Former Chief Financial Officer(5)	4,709	—	(2,760	)	344,910	—

(1)	Our deferred compensation plan does not offer above market earnings (as defined by SEC rules). As a result, none of these earnings (losses) are included in the summary compensation table.

(2)	Mr. Labedz became our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008. Mr. Labedz previously served as our Vice President.

(3)	Mr. Grazzini became our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

(4)	Mr. Haynes resigned as our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008.

(5)	Mr. Schmitt resigned as our Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The information below describes and quantifies certain compensation that would become payable under each NEO’s employment agreement if, as of December 31, 2008, such executive’s employment had been terminated or a change of control had been consummated. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any actual amounts paid or distributed may be different. Factors that could affect these amounts include the timing during the year of any such event.

Each of Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Webb, Matits and Haynes are entitled to payments upon termination of their employment pursuant to their respective employment agreements.

If each of Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Webb, Matits and Haynes is terminated by us for any reason, including upon a “sale of the company” (with the exception of Messrs. Labedz, Webb and Haynes), other than for cause, as defined in their respective employment agreement, upon the death of the executive, failure to perform on account of disability, or such executive initiates termination due to a material breach of our obligations under the respective employment agreement, each of Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini, Roberts, Webb, Matits and Haynes will be entitled to receive as severance (i) one year’s annual base salary based on the salary in effect at the time of termination and (ii) any family health and dental, life and long-term disability and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance under plans established by the board of directors during the time of such executives’ employment, at the same level as they are provided to our senior management, for a period equal to one year from the date of termination. Any such severance payments paid to each of Messrs. Labedz, Grazzini and Roberts will be paid in 12 consecutive equal monthly installments commencing one month from the termination date, to Messrs. Webb and Haynes in equal monthly installments, and to Mr. Matits over 12 months according to our normal payroll

124

processing commencing at the termination date, provided that each executive will be required to sign a release of all past, present and future claims against us, ABRY Partners, its affiliates and related companies as a condition to receiving such payments and benefits. Each of Messrs., Grazzini, Roberts and Matits are also entitled to receive these benefits if we elect not to renew the employment agreement.

Mr. Schmitt received no severance payments or benefits under his employment agreement as a result of his voluntary resignation from his position as chief financial officer effective March 18, 2008.

The following table summarizes the potential payments to our NEOs assuming that such events occurred as of December 31, 2008.


	Severance Amounts($)	Benefit Continuation($)	Vested Incentive Shares($)(1)	Accelerated Vesting of Incentive Shares($)(1)	Total($)
Michael J. Labedz
Termination*	475,000	27,250	670,259	—	1,172,509
Sale of the Company	—	—	—	690,813	690,813
Brian M. Grazzini
Non-renewal or Termination*	275,000	11,605	—	—	286,605
Sale of the Company	—	—	—	508,000	508,000
Steve Roberts
Non-renewal or Termination*	300,000	11,605	—	—	311,605
Sale of the Company	—	—	—	508,000	508,000
William V.B. Webb
Termination*	300,000	23,248	166,688	—	489,936
Sale of the Company	—	—	—	388,938	388,938
William Matits
Non-renewal or Termination*	200,000	14,445	—	—	214,445
Sale of the Company	—	—	—	109,030	109,030
Patrick J. Haynes, III
Termination*	475,000	22,207	—	1,133,179	1,630,386
Sale of the Company	—	—	—	1,056,583	1,056,583
Peter Schmitt
Termination*	—	—	—	—	—

The term “Termination” in the above table refers to the provisions covering severance and benefit continuation amounts due as a result of termination of the applicable NEO under such NEO’s employment agreement. The term “Non-renewal” refers to the provisions covering severance and benefit continuation amounts due as a result of non-renewal of the applicable NEO’s employment agreement in accordance with the terms of such NEO’s employment agreement.

(1)	There was no public market for the Series B shares as of December 31, 2008. The fair market value of unvested incentive shares is based upon the fair market value of such incentive shares as of December 31, 2008. The value of the Series B-1 and B-2 shares was $0.26 and $0.15 shares, respectively.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. We also entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Haynes, who resigned as our President and Chief Executive Officer effective June 19, 2008, and Mr. Schmitt, who resigned as Chief Financial Officer effective March 18, 2008. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a consulting agreement with Mr. Haynes, our Chairman. Under the respective employment agreement of our NEOs, each is entitled to certain benefits if his employment is terminated or upon other events. See “— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

125

Michael J. Labedz

Pursuant to Mr. Labedz’s employment agreement entered into with Companion, our predecessor, effective as of December 29, 2006, as amended on December 30, 2008, Mr. Labedz’s base salary ranges from $300,000 to $475,000, and he is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus in an amount of up to 50% of his annual base salary. Mr. Labedz is eligible to receive benefits including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, director’s and officer’s and key man insurance, four weeks of annual paid vacation, up to $1,250 in monthly automobile allowance and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The term of his agreement expires on December 29, 2011, unless earlier terminated for cause, death, disability or resignation in the event of a material breach of his agreement by us or otherwise with written notice of up to 30 days. In the event Mr. Labedz’s employment terminates for reasons other than for cause, death, disability or resignation, he will be entitled to receive severance payments equal to one year’s salary and continued benefits for one year, including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We may terminate his employment due to physical or mental disability.

Brian M. Grazzini

Pursuant to Mr. Grazzini’s employment agreement entered into with HealthPort Technologies, LLC, our indirect subsidiary, effective as of March 3, 2008, as amended on December 30, 2008, Mr. Grazzini’s annual base salary was $275,000. Mr. Grazzini is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus in an amount of up to 100% of his annual base salary. Mr. Grazzini is also eligible to receive benefits including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, director’s and officer’s and key man insurance, four weeks of annual paid vacation, up to $1,000 in monthly automobile allowance and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The term of Mr. Grazzini’s agreement expires on March 3, 2013, with such terms automatically extending for one-year periods unless we give notice at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the applicable term or earlier terminated for cause, death, disability or resignation in the event of a material breach of his agreement by us or otherwise with written notice of up to 30 days. In the event Mr. Grazzini’s employment terminates for reasons other than for cause, death, disability or resignation, he will be entitled to receive severance payments equal to one year’s salary and continued benefits for one year, including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, and director’s and officer’s insurance. We may terminate his employment due to physical or mental disability.

Steve Roberts

Pursuant to Mr. Roberts’s employment agreement entered into with HealthPort Technologies, LLC, our indirect subsidiary, effective as of September 22, 2008, Mr. Roberts’s annual base salary was $300,000. Mr. Roberts is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus in an amount of up to 100% of his annual base salary. Mr. Roberts has benefits including family health and dental, life and long-term liability, director’s and officer’s insurance, four weeks of annual paid vacation, up to $1,000 in monthly automobile allowance and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The initial term of Mr. Roberts’s agreement expires on September 22, 2013, with such terms automatically extending for one-year periods unless we give notice at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the applicable term or earlier terminated for cause, death, disability or resignation in the event of a material breach of his agreement by us or otherwise with written notice of up to 30 days. In the event Mr. Roberts’s employment terminates for reasons other than for cause, death, disability or resignation, he will be entitled to receive severance payments equal to one year’s salary and continued benefits for one year, including family health and dental, life, long-term disability, and director’s and officer’s insurance. We may terminate his employment due to physical or mental disability.

126

William V.B. Webb

Pursuant to Mr. Webb’s employment agreement entered into with Companion, our predecessor, effective as of January 15, 2007, as amended on December 23, 2008, Mr. Webb’s base salary ranges from $300,000 to $475,000 and he is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus in an amount of up to 50% of his annual base salary. Mr. Webb is entitled to receive benefits including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, director’s and officer’s and key man insurance, four weeks of annual paid vacation, up to $1,250 in monthly automobile allowance and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The term of his agreement expires on January 15, 2012, unless earlier terminated for cause, death, disability or resignation in the event of a material breach of his agreement by us or otherwise with written notice of up to 30 days. In the event Mr. Webb’s employment terminates for reasons other than for cause, death, disability or resignation, he will be entitled to receive severance payments equal to one year’s salary and continued benefits for one year, including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We may terminate his employment due to physical or mental disability.

William Matits

Pursuant to Mr. Matits’s employment agreement entered into with HealthPort Technologies, LLC, our indirect subsidiary, effective as of January 5, 2009, Mr. Matits’s annual base salary was $200,000. Mr. Matits is eligible to receive commissions based on his executive commission plan and benefits including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, director’s and officer’s and key man insurance, four weeks of annual paid vacation, up to $500 in monthly automobile allowance and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The initial term of Mr. Matits’s agreement expires on January 5, 2014, with such terms automatically extending for one-year periods unless we give notice at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the applicable term or earlier terminated for cause, death, disability or resignation in the event of a material breach of his agreement by us or otherwise with written notice of up to 30 days. In the event Mr. Matits’s employment terminates for reasons other than for cause, death, disability or resignation, he will be entitled to receive severance payments equal to one year’s salary and continued benefits for one year, including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We may terminate his employment due to physical or mental disability.

Patrick J. Haynes, III

Pursuant to Mr. Haynes’s employment agreement entered into with Companion, our predecessor, effective as of December 29, 2006, as amended on December 23, 2008, Mr. Haynes’s base salary ranges from $300,000 to $475,000 and he is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus in an amount of up to 100% of his annual base salary. Mr. Haynes is eligible to receive benefits including family health and dental, life and long-term disability, director’s and officer’s and key man insurance, four weeks of annual paid vacation, up to $1,250 in monthly automobile allowance and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We may terminate his employment due to physical or mental disability. The term of his agreement expires on December 29, 2011, unless earlier terminated for cause, death, disability or resignation in the event of a material breach of his agreement by us or otherwise with written notice of up to 30 days. In the event Mr. Haynes’s employment terminates for reasons other than for cause, death, disability or resignation, he will be entitled to receive severance payments equal to one year’s salary and continued benefits for one year, including family health and dental, life, long-term disability, and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We may terminate his employment due to physical or mental disability. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Haynes’s employment agreement will terminate

127

with us and we intend to enter into a consulting agreement with Mr. Haynes, our Chairman. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Consulting Agreement” and “— Employment Agreements.”

Peter Schmitt

Pursuant to Mr. Schmitt’s employment agreement entered into with Smart Document Solutions, LLC, our indirect subsidiary, effective as of January 1, 2007, Mr. Schmitt’s annual base salary was $250,000. Mr. Schmitt was eligible to receive an annual performance bonus in an amount of up to 50% of his annual base salary. Mr. Schmitt’s benefits included family health and dental, life and long-term disability, and director’s and officer’s insurance, four weeks of annual paid vacation and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Mr. Schmitt’s employment agreement terminated when Mr. Schmitt resigned from his position as chief financial officer March 18, 2008.

Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation

As part of their employment agreements, each of our NEOs has entered into non-competition and non-solicitation agreements with us. Pursuant to such agreements, Messrs. Labedz and Webb have agreed not to compete with us for two years following their respective date of termination. Each other NEO has agreed not to compete with us for one year following their respective such executive’s date of termination. In addition, Messrs. Labedz and Webb may not solicit any of our employees during the term of their employment or for two years following such executive’s date of termination. Each other NEO may not solicit any of our employees during the term of his employment or for one year following such executive’s date of termination.

2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan

We intend to adopt the HealthPort, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, in connection with our initial public offering. The 2009 Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and other cash-based awards. Directors, officers and other employees of us and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, will be eligible for grants under the 2009 Plan. The purpose of the 2009 Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate highly competent officers, directors, employees and consultants by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in our long-term success or compensation based on their performance in fulfilling their personal responsibilities. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2009 Plan, but does not include all of the provisions of the 2009 Plan. For further information about the 2009 Plan, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2009 Plan, which we have filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Administration

The 2009 Plan is administered by a committee designated by our board of directors. Among the committee’s powers are to determine the form, amount and other terms and conditions of awards, clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in any provision of the 2009 Plan or any award agreement, amend the terms of outstanding awards and adopt such rules, forms, instruments and guidelines for administering the 2009 Plan as it deems necessary or proper. All actions, interpretations and determinations by the committee or by our board of directors are final and binding.

128

The committee has full authority to administer and interpret the 2009 Plan, to grant discretionary awards under the 2009 Plan, to determine the persons to whom awards will be granted, to determine the types of awards to be granted, to determine the terms and conditions of each award, to determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award and to make all other determinations in connection with the 2009 Plan and the awards thereunder as the committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable.

Available Shares

The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2009 Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted may not exceed 4,000,000 shares, which may be either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. In general, if awards under the 2009 Plan are for any reason cancelled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the shares covered by such awards will again be available for the grant of awards under the 2009 Plan.

Eligibility for Participation

Members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2009 Plan. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the committee.

Award Agreement

Awards granted under the 2009 Plan shall be evidenced by award agreements, which need not be identical, that provide additional terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations covering the grant of the award, including, without limitation, additional terms providing for the acceleration of exercisability or vesting of awards in the event of a change of control or conditions regarding the participant’s employment, as determined by the committee in its sole discretion.

Stock Options

The committee may grant nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options to purchase shares of our common stock only to eligible employees. The committee will determine the number of shares of our common stock subject to each option, the term of each option, which may not exceed ten years, or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder, the exercise price, the vesting schedule, if any, and the other material terms of each option. No incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option may have an exercise price less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of grant or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder, 110% of such share’s fair market value. Options will be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the committee at grant and the exercisability of such options may be accelerated by the committee in its sole discretion.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The committee may grant stock appreciation rights, which we refer to as SARs, either with a stock option, which may be exercised only at such times and to the extent the related option is exercisable, which we refer to as a Tandem SAR, or independent of a stock option, which we refer to as a Non-Tandem SAR. A SAR is a right to receive a payment in shares of our common

129

stock or cash, as determined by the committee, equal in value to the excess of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price per share established in connection with the grant of the SAR. The term of each SAR may not exceed ten years. The exercise price per share covered by a SAR will be the exercise price per share of the related option in the case of a Tandem SAR and will be the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant in the case of a Non-Tandem SAR. The committee may also grant limited SARs, either as Tandem SARs or Non-Tandem SARs, which may become exercisable only upon the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the 2009 Plan, or such other event as the committee may, in its sole discretion, designate at the time of grant or thereafter.

Restricted Stock

The committee may award shares of restricted stock. Except as otherwise provided by the committee upon the award of restricted stock, the recipient generally has the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote the shares of restricted stock and, conditioned upon full vesting of shares of restricted stock, the right to tender such shares, subject to the conditions and restrictions generally applicable to restricted stock or specifically set forth in the recipient’s restricted stock agreement. The committee may determine at the time of award that the payment of dividends, if any, will be deferred until the expiration of the applicable restriction period.

Recipients of restricted stock are required to enter into a restricted stock agreement with us that states the restrictions to which the shares are subject, which may include satisfaction of pre-established performance goals, and the criteria or date or dates on which such restrictions will lapse.

If the grant of restricted stock or the lapse of the relevant restrictions is based on the attainment of performance goals, the committee will establish for each recipient the applicable performance goals, formulae or standards and the applicable vesting percentages with reference to the attainment of such goals or satisfaction of such formulae or standards while the outcome of the performance goals are substantially uncertain. Such performance goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding, or adjusting for, changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions, including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions, and other similar events or circumstances. Section 162(m) of the Code requires that performance awards be based upon objective performance measures. The performance goals for performance-based restricted stock will be based on one or more of the objective criteria set forth on Exhibit A to the 2009 Plan and discussed in general below.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The committee may, subject to limitations under applicable law, make a grant of such other stock-based awards, including, without limitation, performance units, dividend equivalent units, stock equivalent units, restricted stock units and deferred stock units under the 2009 Plan that are payable in cash or denominated or payable in or valued by shares of our common stock or factors that influence the value of such shares. The committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such other awards, which may include the achievement of certain minimum performance goals for purposes of compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or a minimum vesting period. The performance goals for performance-based other stock-based awards will be based on one or more of the objective criteria set forth on Exhibit A to the 2009 Plan and are discussed in general below.

130

Other Cash-Based Awards

The committee, in its discretion, may grant awards payable in cash. Cash-based awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the committee shall determine, including, without limitation, being subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions. If a cash-based award is subject to vesting conditions, the committee may accelerate the vesting of such award in its discretion.

Performance Awards

The committee may grant a performance award to a participant payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. The committee may grant performance awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, as well as performance awards that are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the performance award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant performance goals either in cash or in shares of restricted stock, based on the then current fair market value of such shares, as determined by the committee, in its sole discretion. Based on service, performance and/or such other factors or criteria, if any, as the committee may determine, the committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any performance award.

Performance Goals

The committee may grant awards of restricted stock, performance awards, and other stock-based awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. These awards may be granted, vest and be paid based on attainment of specified performance goals established by the committee. These performance goals will be based on the attainment of a certain target level of, or a specified increase or decrease in, one or more of the following criteria selected by the committee: (i) earnings per share; (ii) operating income; (iii) gross income; (iv) net income (before or after taxes); (v) cash flow; (vi) gross profit; (vii) gross profit return on investment; (viii) gross margin return on investment; (ix) gross margin; (x) operating margin; (xi) working capital; (xii) earnings before interest and taxes; (xiii) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization; (xiv) return on equity; (xv) return on assets; (xvi) return on capital; (xvii) return on invested capital; (xviii) net revenues; (xix) gross revenues; (xx) revenue growth; (xxi) annual recurring revenues; (xxii) recurring revenues; (xxiii) license revenues; (xxiv) sales or market share; (xxv) total shareholder return; (xxvi) economic value added; (xxvii) specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in all or a portion of the Company’s bank debt or other long-term or short-term public or private debt or other similar financial obligations of the Company, which may be calculated net of cash balances and/or other offsets and adjustments as may be established by the committee in its sole discretion; (xxviii) the fair market value of the a share of Common Stock; (xxix) the growth in the value of an investment in the Common Stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends; or (xxx) reduction in operating expenses.

To the extent permitted by law, the committee may also exclude the impact of an event or occurrence which the committee determines should be appropriately excluded, including: (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and other unusual or non-recurring charges; (ii) an event either not directly related to our operations or not within the reasonable control of management; or (iii) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.

Performance goals may also be based on an individual participant’s performance goals, as determined by the committee, in its sole discretion.

131

In addition, all performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of our performance, or subsidiary, division or other operational unit, under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other corporations. The committee may designate additional business criteria on which the performance goals may be based or adjust, modify or amend those criteria.

Change in Control

In connection with a change in control, as defined in the 2009 Plan, the committee may accelerate vesting of outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan. In addition, such awards will be, in the discretion of the committee, (i) assumed and continued or substituted in accordance with applicable law, (ii) purchased by us for an amount equal to the excess of the price of a share of our common stock paid in a change in control over the exercise price of the award(s), or (iii) cancelled if the price of a share of our common stock paid in a change in control is less than the exercise price of the award. The committee may also, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions of an award at any time.

Stockholder Rights

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, and with respect to an award of restricted stock a participant has no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares of our common stock covered by any award until the participant becomes the record holder of such shares.

Amendment and Termination

Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2009 Plan, our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of the 2009 Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2009 Plan, the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of such participant.

Transferability

Awards granted under the 2009 Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the committee may provide for the transferability of nonqualified stock options at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.

Effective Date

The 2009 Plan will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to have in place directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures such persons against the costs of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

132

In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

133

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

The following table shows information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock (1) immediately prior to and (2) as adjusted to give effect to this offering by:

•

each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

•

each of our named executive officers;

•

each of our directors and each director nominee; and

•

all of the executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if they have or share the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or have the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of October 15, 2009 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 16,596,509 shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, and 22,596,509 shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares, or 23,496,509 shares, assuming full exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o HealthPort, Inc., 925 North Point Parkway, Suite 350, Alpharetta, Georgia 30005.


	Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering(1)		Number of Shares Offered	Shares Beneficially Owned After This Offering(2)
Name	Number	Percent	Number of Shares Offered	Number	Percent
5% Stockholders:
Funds affiliated with ABRY Partners(3) 111 Huntington Ave., 30th Floor Boston, MA 02199	12,687,318	76.4	—	12,687,318	56.1

Executive Officers and Directors:
Patrick J. Haynes, III(4)	790,420	4.8	—	790,420	3.5
Michael J. Labedz	559,645	3.4	—	559,645	2.5
Brian M. Grazzini	15,728	*	—	15,728	*
Steve Roberts	8,436	*	—	8,436	*
William V.B. Webb	290,000	1.7	—	290,000	1.3
William Matits	—	*	—	—	*
Jay M. Grossman(5)	12,687,318	76.4	—	12,687,318	56.1
Erik Brooks(5)	12,687,318	76.4	—	12,687,318	56.1
Hilary K. Grove(5)	12,687,318	76.4	—	12,687,318	56.1
Harry S. Bennett	—	*	—	—	*
Jack Langer	—	*	—	—	*


All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)(6)	14,352,390	86.5	—	14,352,390	63.5

134

*	Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of our outstanding common stock.

(1)	Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.

(2)	Beneficial ownership does not include any shares that may be purchased in this offering, including in the directed share program or any of the shares of restricted stock and stock options that will be issued upon completion of this offering. See “Underwriting.”

(3)

Includes 226,850 shares of common stock held by ABRY Partners V Affiliated Investors, L.P., 9,811,282 shares of common stock held by ABRY Partners Fund V, L.P., 386,209 shares of common stock ABRY Senior Equity II, L.P., 31,241 shares of common stock ABRY Senior Equity II-A, L.P., 15,990 shares of common stock ABRY Senior Equity Co-Investment Fund, L.P., 2,209,679 shares of common stock ABRY Partners VI, L.P. and 6,067 shares held by ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P. The address of the funds affiliated with ABRY Partners is 111 Huntington Avenue, 30th Floor, Boston, MA 02199.

(4)	Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, is the sole manager of Waveland, LLC.

(5)

ABRY Partners, LLC is a service provider to which certain investment advisory and management functions have been delegated by the general partners of each of ABRY Partners V Affiliated Investors, L.P., ABRY Partners V, L.P., ABRY Senior Equity II, L.P., ABRY Senior Equity II-A, L.P., ABRY Senior Equity Co-Investment Fund, L.P., ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P. and ABRY Partners VI, L.P., which we collectively refer to as the ABRY Funds. The managing partners of ABRY Partners, LLC provide investment advisory and management services pursuant to which the general partners of the ABRY Funds make voting and investment decisions with respect to the securities held by the ABRY Funds. The managing partners of ABRY Partners, LLC and the ABRY Funds are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and may be deemed to beneficially own an aggregate of 12,687,318 shares of our common stock, which represents 76.4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Mr. Grossman, one of our directors, holds the title of managing partner of ABRY Partners, LLC. Mr. Grossman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares beneficially owned by him except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. In addition, Mr. Brooks, a partner of ABRY Partners, LLC, and Ms. Grove, a principal of ABRY Partners, LLC, each disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares owned by ABRY Partners, LLC, except to the extent he or she has a pecuniary interest therein. The address for Messrs. Grossman and Brooks and Ms. Grove is 111 Huntington Avenue, 30th Floor, Boston, MA 02199.

(6)	Includes 843 shares of common stock held by Gene Guertin.

135

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

General

Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our general counsel who then reviews and summarizes the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee must then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee considers the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics and audit committee charter may be found at our corporate website www.healthport.com upon completion of this offering.

Members Agreement

On September 22, 2008, we entered into an amended and restated members agreement with our limited liability company members, which governs our management, ownership and transfer of shares. Upon completion of our corporate reorganization and this offering, the Members Agreement will terminate and be of no further force or effect.

Under the Members Agreement, each member must vote all of its member shares entitled to vote, and all member shares over which it has voting control, to cause the membership of the board of directors to be comprised of five managers, including (i) two directors designated by the ABRY Partners investors, (ii) one director designated by the holders of Series C shares, so long as the senior preferred shares are outstanding, and (iii) two directors designated by management investors.

Subject to certain exceptions, members are restricted from transferring their shares under the Members Agreement. No member may transfer shares unless approved in advance by the directors elected by the ABRY Partners investors, except for transfers to permitted transferees, pursuant to incentive share purchase agreements or upon a sale of the company. Members also have participation rights allowing them to participate in the proposed transfer on the same terms as the proposed transferee. ABRY Partners investors have a limited first offer right on shares held by new mezzanine investors allowing them to make an offer to purchase all of the shares proposed to be transferred.

If a majority of the outstanding shares held by ABRY Partners investors approve a bona fide sale of our company to a person that is not an affiliate of ABRY Partners or an ABRY Partners investor, then each member is obligated to consent and raise no objections to the approved company sale.

Under the Members Agreement, the restrictions on transfer of shares terminate upon the consummation of a qualified public offering with a value greater than $50 million. In addition, members must take all necessary actions in connection with an underwritten public offering, and cooperate to preserve the rights and preferences described in the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement, the investor securities purchase agreements, the incentive share purchase agreements and the registration rights agreement. Following the issuance of common

136

stock to management investors in connection with a public offering and until such time as the ABRY Partners investors have received their aggregate net cash proceeds from distributions under the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement, no management investor may transfer any common stock in a public sale except if such management investor sells his shares on a pro rata basis with ABRY Partners investors in such sales. Members may not effect any public sale or distribution of shares during (i) the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of an initial public offering or (ii) during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of any subsequent public offering. Under the Members Agreement, subject to certain exceptions, if we authorize the issuance or sale of any of our equity securities, we must offer to sell to each member who holds Series A shares or Series C shares a portion of such equity securities in amounts equal to a formula described in the Members Agreement. Each of the members eligible to participate will be entitled to purchase such equity securities to be offered on the most favorable terms and price as are offered to other persons.

CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement

On September 22, 2008, we and our members entered into the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement, which governs our operations. Upon completion of our corporate reorganization, we were converted into a Delaware corporation and the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement terminated and is of no further force or effect.

The CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement sets forth the rights relating to the Series A shares, Series B shares, Series C shares and senior preferred shares. Members are entitled to one vote per point associated with their Series A, B or C shares. The Series A shares receive a fixed amount of points per share and the Series B-1 shares, Series B-2 shares and Series C shares each receive points pursuant to formulae set forth in the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement. Repurchased or cancelled Series B shares or Series A shares repurchased pursuant to each investor securities purchase agreement are deemed outstanding and held by us or a member, as applicable. Any unvested Series B share that is forfeited and cancelled under an incentive share agreement is no longer deemed to be outstanding under the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement.

In connection with our corporate reorganization, the Series A and C shares were exchanged for 15,163,138 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, any outstanding Series B-1 and B-2 shares that vested on or prior to the closing of this offering were converted into shares of our common stock based upon a share price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares of our common stock issued in connection with our corporate reorganization will not be adjusted based on the actual initial offering price of our common stock. Holders of unvested Series B-1 and B-2 shares did not receive any consideration in connection with the corporate reorganization. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to issue 146,398 shares of restricted stock and stock options to exercise 2,036,200 shares of common stock to our directors and director nominees and certain other officers and key employees. See “— Incentive Share Purchase Agreements.” In accordance with the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement, the final allocation of shares among the classes of outstanding shares of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC was based upon the distribution process as set forth in the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement.

137

We may make distributions to our members in accordance with the terms of the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement in the sole discretion of the board of directors. We did not distribute cash in connection with our corporate reorganization. On November 13, 2009, we exchanged our common stock or senior preferred stock, as applicable, for Series A, B and C shares and senior preferred shares in accordance with the following priority:

(i) first, to senior preferred shares, pro rata based on the aggregate number of points represented by the senior preferred shares held by each holder until the entire amount of the unreturned capital value of all senior preferred shares is paid in full;

(ii) second, to the senior preferred shares, pro rata, based on the aggregate number of points represented by the senior preferred shares held by each holder until the entire amount of the unpaid yield of all senior preferred shares is paid in full;

(iii) third, to the Series A and Series C holders, pro rata to each group, based on the aggregate number of points represented by the Series A shares and Series C shares, respectively, up to the entire amount of the unreturned capital value of all outstanding Series A shares;

(iv) fourth, to the Series A and Series C holders, pro rata to each group, based on the aggregate number of points represented by the Series A shares and Series C shares, respectively, up to the entire amount of the unpaid yield on all outstanding Series A shares;

(v) fifth, to the Series A, B-1 and C shares, pro rata to each group, on the basis of the number of points represented by the Series A, B-1 and C shares owned, until the aggregate distributions given to the holders of Series A shares equals the aggregate capital value of the Series A shares plus 30% per year return on the unreturned capital value for the Series A shares; and

(vi) finally, a pro rata distribution will be made of the remaining shares to the Series A, B-1, B-2, and C shares, pro rata among each, on the basis of the number of points owned by each.

The CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement includes indemnification provisions by us in favor of the directors and officers, as well as customary transfer restriction provisions.

Under the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement, our items of income, gain, loss or deduction generally will be allocated among the members for capital account purposes and for tax purposes in a manner that results in the capital account balance of each member, immediately after making the allocation, being as nearly as possible equal to the amount of the distributions that would be made to the member if we sold all of its assets for cash and distributed its net assets in liquidation.

We may be dissolved only upon sale of all or substantially of our assets, election by the majority of the members or by decree of judicial dissolution. Upon liquidation, a board-appointed liquidator will liquidate our assets and distribute the proceeds on the following order of priority, (i) repayment of debts and obligations to creditors, (ii) establishment of any reserves the board deems appropriate, and (iii) to members in accordance with distribution priorities set forth above.

A permitted transferee will succeed in the capital account associated with such transferred shares and will share and receive allocations and distributions. Any member who transfers all of his or its shares shall cease to be a member upon such transfer. A transferee of shares may be admitted as a member by executing and delivering a joinder to the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement to the secretary. No member may transfer restricted shares without first delivering to us an opinion of counsel that registration under the Securities Act is not required in connection with such transfer. We may not issue or transfer shares if it would require our

138

company to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or would cause our company to have more than 100 partners, or would change the legal status of our company as a limited liability company or for federal income tax purposes as partnership.

Registration Rights Agreement

On December 29, 2006, we entered into a registration rights agreement, as amended and restated on September 22, 2008, which we refer to as the registration rights agreement, with all of our holders of equity securities, other than the senior preferred shares.

At any time, the holders of a majority of the registrable shares relating to Series A shares, and, after an initial public offering, holders of a majority of registrable shares relating to certain mezzanine investors, may demand that we register all or a portion of their registrable shares for sale under the Securities Act. These holders are entitled to a specified number of demands in accordance with the conditions and limitations set forth in the registration rights agreement, and provided that the aggregate value of registrable shares to be offered is at least $5.0 million.

The registration rights agreement also provides holders of registrable shares with piggyback registration rights such that if we propose to file a registration statement in connection with a public offering of common stock, with certain limited exceptions, we are required to give prompt written notice of such proposed filing to all holders of registrable shares and register such number of securities as the holders of registrable shares may request in writing within 20 days of receiving such notice. Subject to the Members Agreement, the piggyback registration rights are subject to certain specified priorities. In addition, the holders of a majority of the registrable shares relating to the Series A shares will have the right to select the investment bankers and managers to administer the offering relating to any demand registration or piggyback registration requested by such holders.

In connection with any registration effected pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay for all of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with such registration. However, the underwriting discounts and selling commissions payable in respect of registrable securities included in any registration will be paid by the persons including such registrable securities in any such registration. The registration rights agreement also contains customary cross-indemnification provisions.

In connection with our corporate reorganization, we entered into a contribution agreement with each of the holders of our Series A, B, C and senior preferred shares pursuant to which each member contributed all of its equity interests in CT Technologies Holdings, LLC to us in return for shares of our common stock and senior preferred stock, as applicable. The contribution agreement further provides that we assume all of the obligations of our predecessor, CT Technologies Holdings, LLC, under the registration rights agreement and agree to be bound by the terms thereof. In addition, the contribution agreement provides that each holder irrevocably waives its piggyback registration rights to the extent such rights would otherwise apply to this offering.

Incentive Share Purchase Agreements

We have entered into various incentive share purchase agreements with various former and current directors, executive officers and management employees, and certain entities controlled by such individuals, which we refer to collectively as the executives, pursuant to which we granted Series B shares to the executives. Upon completion of our corporate reorganization, the incentive share purchase agreements terminated and are of no further force or effect.

139

Under the incentive share purchase agreements, an executive’s Series B shares vest incrementally over a five or six year period beginning on the effective date of such executive’s incentive share purchase agreement and in accordance with the percentages set forth in the executive’s incentive share purchase agreement.

Upon a sale of the company, as defined in such executive’s incentive share purchase agreement, all of the shares will become vested immediately, assuming the executive was employed by us at the time of the sale. The incentive share purchase agreements entered into with Waveland LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Haynes, and Michael Labedz explicitly provide for accelerated vesting of their shares upon an initial public offering, as defined in such executive’s incentive share purchase agreement, subject to the provisions covering initial public offerings in the Members Agreement.

If an executive ceases to be employed by us prior to a sale of the company or initial public offering in the case of Messrs. Haynes and Labedz, as applicable, then vesting ceases upon such termination, and all unvested shares held by the executive as of the date of termination expire and are immediately forfeited and cancelled and are no longer deemed outstanding under the CT Technologies Holdings, LLC Agreement. Any vested shares held by the executive as of the date of termination are subject to repurchase by us at a price equal to the board of director’s determination of fair market value of the vested shares, unless the executive is terminated for cause, as defined in such executive’s incentive share purchase agreement, in which case each vested share expires and is immediately forfeited and cancelled. In addition, ABRY Partners has the option to purchase any or all vested shares held by an executive that are not repurchased by us. The repurchase provisions under the incentive share purchase agreements terminate upon sale of the company or upon a qualified public offering, which includes this offering.

Subject to certain exceptions, an executive may only transfer vested shares in accordance with the Members Agreement or the repurchase provisions of the executive’s incentive share purchase agreement, and transfers permitted by the Members Agreement or such provisions also require prior written consent of the board of directors.

Securities Purchase Agreement

We entered into an amended and restated securities purchase agreement on September 22, 2008, with affiliated funds of ABRY Partners and Ares Capital Corporation, which we refer to as the securities purchase agreement, pursuant to which we sold senior preferred shares and Series C shares to ABRY Senior Equity II, L.P. and its affiliates and Ares Capital Corporation.

The senior preferred shares may be redeemed, at our option, in whole or in part, at any time after June 15, 2009. Upon optional redemption, the redemption price per share will be the liquidation value, equal to the unreturned capital value plus the unpaid yield of each senior preferred shares, in addition to the applicable percentage of the liquidation value with respect to each senior preferred shares to be redeemed. The applicable additional redemption amounts are (i) if on or after June 15, 2009, but prior to June 15, 2010, 4% of the liquidation value, (ii) if on or after June 15, 2010, but prior to June 15, 2011, 2% of the liquidation value, and (iii) if after June 15, 2011, zero.

The senior preferred shares are subject to mandatory redemption by us in whole on September 22, 2014, at an amount equal to the liquidation value of the senior preferred shares. The holders of Series C shares may, upon written notice to us, require that we purchase all or any part of the Series C shares at fair market value on or after September 22, 2014. Upon completion of this offering, all Series C shares will be exchanged for shares of common stock.

140

Holders of senior preferred shares may demand that we redeem their shares upon a change of control, as defined in the securities purchase agreement. We must provide notice of a change of control to each holder of senior preferred shares not less than 35 days prior to the occurrence of any change in control.

The redemption rights of the holders of the senior preferred shares are subordinated to the indebtedness outstanding under the senior secured credit facility and the senior subordinated notes, unless expressly permitted by the agreements governing of the senior secured credit facility or senior subordinated notes.

As a result of the corporate reorganization, the senior preferred shares were exchanged for shares of our senior preferred stock, which have substantially similar preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions as the senior preferred shares, as will be set forth in an Investors Rights Agreement, which will terminate and be of no further force or effect upon completion of this offering, and our amended and restated charter. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock.

Investor Securities Purchase Agreements

In connection with our acquisition of Companion Technologies, on December 29, 2006, we issued Series A shares to certain of its affiliated funds of ABRY Partners, Mr. Labedz, Mr. Webb, Waveland, LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Haynes and W.C.M II, LLC, an entity controlled by William C. McNitt, pursuant to an investor securities purchase agreement, which we refer to as the investor securities purchase agreement. Under the terms of this original investor securities purchase agreement, in connection with an acquisition approved by us, ABRY Partners made a commitment to make additional investments, subject to a cap of $40 million. Further, the Series A shares held by the executive officers party to the investor securities purchase agreement are subject to repurchase by us and ABRY Partners when such executive officers cease to be employed by us or any of our subsidiaries in accordance with the investor securities purchase agreement.

In connection with the acquisition of SDS, on June 15, 2007, we entered into a second investor securities purchase agreement. In accordance with the terms of the investor securities purchase agreement and the preemptive rights provisions of the Members Agreement, additional Series A shares were purchased by ABRY Partners, Waveland, LLC, Mr. Webb and Ares Capital Corporation. ABRY Partners investment in additional Series A shares reduced their $40 million purchase commitment under their investor securities purchase agreement.

In connection with our acquisition of ChartOne, on September 22, 2008, we entered into a third investor securities purchase agreement. In accordance with the terms of the investor securities purchase agreement and the preemptive rights provisions of the Members Agreement, additional Series A shares were purchased by certain new mezzanine investors that became members under the Members Agreement. ABRY Partners invested in additional Series A shares, which satisfied in full their capital commitment. ABRY Partners has no further obligation to purchase Series A shares pursuant to any agreement.

Under each of the investor securities purchase agreements, our rights and ABRY Partners’ right to repurchase Series A shares terminates upon this initial public offering in accordance with the Members Agreement.

Services Agreement

We and Thurston Group, an entity controlled by Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, will enter into a transitional services agreement whereby Thurston Group will agree to provide us with business development services and various corporate support services, including, among other things,

141

office space for Messrs. Haynes, Labedz, and certain other employees at Thurston Group, as well as telephone, information technology services and support, payroll administration, accounts payable processing, travel assistance and mail services for these individuals and Mr. Webb, our Executive Vice President. Thurston Group may also may provide us with additional services that we and Thurston Group may identify from time to time in the future. The services agreement will become operative on the effective date of the registration statement and the services will continue until terminated by us or Thurston Group upon 30 days written notice.

The cost of the transitional services agreement in the aggregate will be consistent with general and administrative expenses that we have historically allocated or incurred with respect to the services. The pricing will be reviewed yearly and any changes will be mutually agreed to by us and Thurston Group.

The terms of the transitional services agreement, including the fees charged for the services, are substantially similar to those that would be agreed to by parties bargaining at arm’s length for similar services. We believe the payments we will make to Thurston Group are reasonable. However, these payments are not necessarily indicative of, and it is not practical for us to estimate, the level of expenses we might incur in procuring these services from alternative sources. A form of the transitional services agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Corporate Reorganization

As a result of the corporate reorganization, CT Technologies Holdings, LLC’s Series A and C shares were exchanged for 15,163,138 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, any outstanding Series B-1 and B-2 shares that vested on or prior to the closing of this offering were exchanged for 1,433,371 shares of our common stock based upon a price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares of our common stock issued in connection with our corporate reorganization will not be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price of our common stock. Holders of unvested Series B-1 and B-2 shares did not receive any consideration in connection with the corporate reorganization. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to issue 146,398 shares of restricted stock and stock options to exercise 2,036,200 shares of common stock to our directors and director nominees and certain officers and key employees. Shares of CT Technologies Holdings, LLC’s senior preferred shares were exchanged for shares of our senior preferred stock prior to effectiveness of this registration statement. The senior preferred stock has substantially similar preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions as the senior preferred shares as will be set forth in an Investor Rights Agreement and our amended and restated charter. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation became effective. The corporate reorganization did not affect our operations, which we continue to conduct through our operating subsidiaries. See “Corporate Reorganization” and “Description of Capital Stock — Senior Preferred Stock.”

142

Board Compensation

Upon completion of this offering, directors who are our employees or employees of our subsidiaries or affiliated with ABRY Partners will not receive any compensation for their service as members of either our board of directors or board committees. All non-employee members of our board of directors not affiliated with ABRY Partners will be compensated as set forth under “Management — Corporate Governance — Director Compensation.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation — Employment Agreements” and “— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Consulting Arrangements

We are a party to a consulting arrangement with Haynes, LLC to provide consulting services to us. Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, is the sole member, officer and manager of Haynes, LLC. We are also party to an expense-sharing arrangement with Thurston Group, an entity controlled by Mr. Haynes, whereby we reimburse Thurston Group for various corporate services including rent and certain administrative and clerical services. For the period from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we paid fees to these entities totaling approximately $0, $587,000 and $808,000, respectively.

Upon completion of our corporate reorganization, we intend to enter into a consulting agreement with Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, to provide consulting services relating to strategic planning and other advisory services. As consideration for such services, Mr. Haynes is currently expected to be paid an annual fee ranging from $276,000 to $451,000 depending on the achievement of certain Measured EBITDA targets and a monthly automobile allowance of $1,250. We have also agreed to indemnify Mr. Haynes from and against any claim by any person with respect to his activities as Chairman. Mr. Haynes will be subject to restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation obligations.

Loans to our Chairman

During 2008, Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, issued promissory notes in aggregate principal amount of $1,075,000 to us. In October 2008, we purchased approximately 2,178 of our Series A shares from Waveland, LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Haynes. The consideration paid to Waveland, LLC for the Series A shares was approximately $480,000 in cash and an assignment of four promissory notes issued to us by Mr. Haynes in aggregate principal amounts of $750,000 plus approximately $20,000 in accrued interest. As of December 31, 2008, one promissory note remained outstanding in aggregate principal amount of $325,000. The promissory notes were due and payable on the earlier of (i) the termination of the employee, (ii) a sale of the company,

143

(iii) an initial public offering or (iv) January 31, 2009. In January 2009, we agreed to extend the outside maturity date of the promissory note to January 31, 2010. Interest accrued on the outstanding principal amount of the promissory notes at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) the effective rate as defined below or (ii) the applicable federal rate (as defined below). The term effective rate means (i) the weighted average interest rate effectively paid on a per annum basis by us with respect to the interest rates under our senior secured credit facility plus (ii) 0.50%. The term applicable federal fate means the applicable federal rate for short-term transactions, as published by the Internal Revenue Service from time to time, which initially shall be 0.76% until December 31, 2009. Interest on the promissory notes accrued at 9.12% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

In May 2009, Mr. Haynes, our Chairman, issued two additional promissory notes to us in aggregate principal amount of $500,000, resulting in an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $825,000 as of June 30, 2009. The terms and conditions of these promissory notes, including the interest rate, were substantially similar to the terms and conditions of the promissory notes discussed above. The effective interest rate for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was 9.16%.

On August 14, 2009, we repurchased approximately 911 of our Series A shares from Mr. Haynes for approximately $862,452 in cash. In addition, if this offering is completed by February 14, 2010, we have agreed to provide Mr. Haynes with the right to receive additional shares of our common stock in an aggregate amount equal to the difference between the purchase price per share we paid for his Series A shares on August 14, 2009, as appropriately adjusted in accordance with the corporate reorganization discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, and the price per share of this offering. See “Corporate Reorganization.” Mr. Haynes used these cash proceeds to repay all outstanding amounts due to us under the promissory notes.

144

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws as they will be in effect following our corporate reorganization and upon completion of this offering. They may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand them fully, you should read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capitalization

Our authorized capital stock consists of 235,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Immediately following the completion of this offering, 22,596,509 shares of common stock, or 23,496,509 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, will be outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote. Our common stock votes as a single class on all matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as provided by law. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock.

Dividend Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. We also may not pay dividends on our capital stock if we are in default or have elected to defer payments of interest under our senior secured credit facility or our senior subordinated notes. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will also depend upon our earnings and financial condition, the capital requirements of our subsidiaries and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

145

Board Rights

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, following the completion of this offering, ABRY Partners will be entitled to appoint a majority of the members of our board of directors. Holders of our common stock will be entitled to vote on all nominees for election as directors.

Other Rights

Our stockholders have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Registration Rights

Certain stockholders will have registration rights with respect to our common stock, including our largest stockholder, ABRY Partners. For further information regarding these registration rights, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.”

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “HPRT.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized to provide for the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the preferences, powers and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and liquidation preference and to fix the number of shares to be included in any such series without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Any preferred stock so issued may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or both. In addition, any such shares of preferred stock may have class or series voting rights. Following completion of this offering and the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock, we will not have any shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Senior Preferred Stock

General

In June 2007, in connection with our acquisition of SDS and pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, we issued to ABRY Partners and its affiliated funds and Ares Capital Corporation 30,000 shares of senior preferred shares and 7,730 shares of Series C shares for a total offering price of $30 million. The securities purchase agreement was amended and restated in September 2008 in connection with our acquisition of ChartOne. As a result of the corporate reorganization, the Series C shares were exchanged for shares of our common stock immediately prior to effectiveness of this

146

registration statement. In addition, the senior preferred shares were exchanged for shares of our senior preferred stock immediately prior to effectiveness of this registration statement. The senior preferred stock has substantially similar preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions as the senior preferred shares as will be set forth in an Investors Rights Agreement and our amended and restated charter. These preferences, powers, rights, limitations and restrictions of the senior preferred stock are discussed below. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption in whole of our senior preferred stock.

Voting Rights

The holders of our senior preferred stock are not entitled to vote with respect to matters presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote.

Dividend Rights

Our senior preferred stock will accrue dividends at a rate of 14% per year and, in the case of an event of default, at a rate of 17% per year until such event of default is cured or waived. The holders of the senior preferred stock will have priority for distributions of cash or other assets over holders of common stock. No dividends will be made to holders of common stock until the entire amount paid for the senior preferred stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends has been repaid in full. The holders of senior preferred stock will share equally in any dividend declared or paid.

Events of Default

Events of default for the senior preferred stock include our failure to (1) pay any amount due to the holders of the senior preferred stock if such failure continues for two days, (2) make any payment of principal due under our senior secured credit facility or our senior subordinated notes, (3) redeem the senior preferred stock on September 19, 2014, and (4) provide the holders of our senior preferred stock the right to redeem their shares upon the change of control of our company.

Conversion

Our senior preferred stock is not convertible into shares of our common stock.

Redemption Rights

The holders of senior preferred stock will be subject to an optional redemption at our option, in whole, but not in part, in connection with (i) the sale of all or substantially all of our equity securities, (ii) an asset sale or (iii) an initial public offering, at a redemption price per share equal to the liquidation value, as described below, plus the applicable redemption amount, as described below. In addition, at any time from June 15, 2009 through June 14, 2011, holders of the senior preferred stock will be subject to an optional redemption at our option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price per share equal to the liquidation value, as described below, plus the applicable redemption amount, as described below. On or after June 15, 2011, the senior preferred stock may be redeemed at our option, in whole or in part, from time to time, at a redemption price per share equal to the liquidation value, as described below.

For purposes of an optional redemption, the liquidation value is defined as the sum of the unreturned capital value of such share and any accrued but unpaid interest of such share. The term redemption amount is defined as an amount equal to (i) if prior to June 14, 2009, 8% of the liquidation value, (ii) if on or after June 15, 2009 but prior to June 15, 2010, 4% of the liquidation value, (iii) if on or after June 15, 2010 but prior to June 15, 2011, 2% of the liquidation value and (iv) from and after June 15, 2011, zero.

147

Our senior preferred stock is required to be redeemed by us in whole on or before September 19, 2014 at a redemption price per share equal to the liquidation value, as described above.

The redemption rights of holders of our senior preferred stock are subordinated to the indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured credit facility and our senior subordinated notes, unless expressly permitted under the terms of the senior secured credit facility or our senior subordinated notes.

Put Rights

The holders of senior preferred stock will have put rights, under which we are obligated to redeem the senior preferred stock at the election of the holder of the senior preferred stock upon a change of control of our company, at a redemption price equal to the liquidation value, as described above, plus the applicable redemption amount. We are required to provide written notice to each holder not less than 35 days prior to the occurrence of a change of control. The senior preferred stock’s put rights are subordinated to the indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured credit facility and our senior subordinated notes, unless expressly permitted under the terms of the senior secured credit facility or our senior subordinated notes.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of senior preferred stock will have priority over our common stock and will be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities. Holders of senior preferred stock will share equally in any distribution, subject to the rights of holders of our indebtedness.

Covenants

The senior preferred stock contains certain covenants restricting our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things and subject to various exceptions, (1) declare or pay dividends or make any other distributions on any capital stock or to holders of capital stock, (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire any capital stock, (3) make investments or other restricted payments, (4) prepay, redeem, retire or repurchase subordinated indebtedness owed, directly or indirectly, to ABRY Partners, (5) enter into transactions with affiliates, (6) effect a consolidation, merger or purchase of all or substantially all the assets of another person, (7) engage in certain lines of business, (8) sell or otherwise dispose of assets, or (9) issue or create any capital stock that is pari passu with or senior to the senior preferred stock. We and our subsidiaries are also required to comply with specified financial covenants, consisting of a total leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio, and various affirmative covenants.

The total leverage ratio under the senior preferred stock, as of the last day of each of any four consecutive fiscal quarters, must be greater than 6.85 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters ending after January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009, 6.50 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters ending after January 1, 2010 through June 30, 2010, 6.15 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters ending after July 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010, 6.00 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters ending after October 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010, 5.75 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters ending after January 1, 2011 through March 31, 2011 and 5.50 to 1.0 thereafter to maturity. The fixed charge coverage ratio may not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 as of the last day of any four consecutive fiscal quarters.

148

Corporate Opportunity

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply against ABRY Partners, or any of our directors who are employees of, of affiliated with, ABRY Partners, in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our customers. ABRY Partners has informed us that it has no current plans to invest in directly competitive businesses or conduct business with our customers in a manner that could be harmful to us. See “Risk Factors — An entity controlled by ABRY Partners will own a substantial portion of our common stock after the completion of this offering and will have a substantial influence in our affairs, which will limit your ability to influence corporate activities and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.”

Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only upon the request of not less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting stock, upon the request of a majority of the board, or upon the request of the chief executive officer. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our bylaws will allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

149

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders and may not be effected by consent in writing by such stockholders, unless such action is recommended by all directors then in office.

150

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facility

The senior secured credit facility was entered into by and between CT Intermediate, as borrower, CT Topco, as guarantor, and various lender parties, including GE Capital Corporation and Newstar Financial, Inc. The senior secured credit facility consists of a five-year revolving and term senior secured credit facility including a sub-facility available for the issuance of letters of credit of up to $150.0 million. The credit agreement requires CT Intermediate to make quarterly amortization payments of the term loan facility in the respective amounts set forth for the following periods: (1) $2,437,500 for the period of March 31, 2009 through and including December 31, 2009; (2) $3,250,000 for the period of March 31, 2010 through and including December 31, 2010; (3) $4,062,500 for the period of March 31, 2011 through and including December 31, 2011; (4) $4,875,000 for the period of March 31, 2012 through, but not including September 22, 2013, and (5) the remaining principal balance payable on September 22, 2013.

The term loan facility is required to be prepaid in an amount equal to (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of all asset sales and dispositions in excess of $1.0 million by CT Topco and its subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, (2) 100% of the net cash proceeds of issuances of certain debt obligations by us and our subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, (3) 50% of the net cash proceeds from equity issuances by us and our subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, and (4) 75% of CT Intermediate and its subsidiaries’ annual excess cash flow as defined in the credit agreement in any fiscal year in which CT Intermediate’s total leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 3.5 to 1, or 50%, with respect to any fiscal year to the extent the total leverage ratio with respect to such year is less than 3.5 to 1.

Voluntary prepayments and commitment reductions are permitted in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to minimum prepayment or reduction requirements.

All of CT Intermediate’s obligations under the senior secured credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the guarantor and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiary. The obligations under the senior secured credit facility, including the guarantees, are secured by substantially all of CT Intermediate’s present and future assets and all present and future assets of each guarantor, including, but not limited to (1) a first-priority pledge of all of CT Intermediate’s capital stock and all of the outstanding capital stock owned by CT Intermediate or any guarantor in any domestic subsidiary, and (2) perfected first-priority security interests in all of CT Intermediate’s present and future assets and the present and future assets of each guarantor, subject to certain limited exceptions.

The senior secured credit facility provides for interest based upon a fixed spread above the banks’ prime lending rate or the LIBOR lending rate. The borrowings under the term loan facility bear interest at September 30, 2009 at 8.7%. The amount outstanding on the term loan as of September 30, 2009 was $122.7 million.

The amount outstanding on the revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2009 was $9.6 million. CT Intermediate has issued approximately $3.5 million of letters of credit under the sub-facility as of September 30, 2009. In addition, the lenders under the revolving credit facility are paid a fee on unused commitments under that facility at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum. During the existence of any payment or bankruptcy-related default under the credit agreement or during the existence of any other specified event of default after receiving certain notices, the margin on all obligations under the senior secured credit facility shall increase by 2% per annum.

151

The credit agreement documentation contains customary representations and warranties, subject to limitations and exceptions, and customary covenants restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things and subject to various exceptions, (1) declare dividends, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock, (2) prepay, redeem or repurchase other debt, (3) incur liens or grant negative pledges, (4) make loans and investments and enter into acquisitions and joint ventures, (5) incur additional indebtedness, (6) amend or otherwise alter the acquisition documents or any debt agreements, (7) make capital expenditures, (8) engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, (9) conduct transactions with affiliates, (10) alter the nature of the guarantor’s or CT Intermediate’s businesses, or (11) change the guarantor or its subsidiaries’ fiscal year. The guarantor and its subsidiaries are also required to comply with specified financial covenants consisting of a maximum total leverage ratio, a senior leverage ratio, a minimum consolidated EBITDA and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and various affirmative covenants.

Events of default under the credit agreement include, but are not limited to, (1) CT Intermediate’s failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts under the credit agreement when due taking into account any applicable grace period, (2) any representation or warranty proving to have been materially incorrect when made, (3) with respect to certain covenants, covenant defaults subject to a grace period, (4) bankruptcy events, (5) a cross-default to certain other debt, (6) unsatisfied final judgments over a threshold, (7) a change of control, (8) certain defaults under Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, and (9) the invalidity or impairment of any loan document or any security interest.

In addition, the credit agreement includes customary provisions regarding breakage costs incurred in connection with prepayments, changes in capital adequacy and capital requirements or their interpretation, illegality, unavailability and payments free and clear of withholding.

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility are subject to the accuracy of representations and warranties, including the absence of any material adverse change in CT Intermediate’s condition, and the absence of any events of default. As of the date of this prospectus, CT Technologies is in compliance with the covenant requirements of the senior secured credit facility.

Senior Subordinated Notes

On September 22, 2008, CT Intermediate issued $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes due March 2014. CT Intermediate issued the senior subordinated notes in transactions exempt from the registration provisions of Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Interest

Interest on the senior subordinated notes accrues at the rate of 14% per year and is payable quarterly on the first business day of January, April, July and October by making a cash payment in an amount equal to 12% per annum with the remaining 2% being paid in-kind. Interest on overdue principal and interest accrues at a maximum rate that is 2% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the senior subordinated notes.

Subsidiary Guarantees

CT Intermediate’s obligations under the senior subordinated notes are fully, unconditionally, jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by all of the guarantor’s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries.

152

Optional Redemption

CT Intermediate may redeem any of the senior subordinated notes at any time on or after September 22, 2009, in whole or in part, in cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date, plus the following applicable prepayment premium calculated as a percentage of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes to be redeemed: (1) 4.00% after September 22, 2009 and on or prior to September 22, 2010; (2) 3.00% after September 22, 2010 and on or prior to September 22, 2011; (3) 2.00% after September 22, 2011 and on or prior to September 22, 2012; and (4) no prepayment premium after September 22, 2012.

Certain Covenants

The note purchase agreement governing the senior subordinated notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our subsidiaries’ ability to:

•

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our subsidiaries’ capital stock;

•

make investments and other restricted payments;

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

•

create liens;

•

permit dividend or other payment restrictions on our subsidiaries;

•

sell all or substantially all of our subsidiaries’ assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies; and

•

engage in transactions with affiliates.

These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions as described in the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes.

153

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. The sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 22,596,509 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the 6,000,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining 16,596,509 shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting,” taking into account the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and officers, ABRY Partners, funds affiliated with ABRY Partners and our other stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to exceptions, we may not issue any new shares of common stock, and those persons may not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of or hedge any common securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, or publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., until the expiration of the lock-up agreements. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Williams Blair & Company, L.L.C. may, in their sole discretion, at any time and without prior notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions contained in such lock-up agreements. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. have advised us that there is no specific criteria for the waiver of lock-up restrictions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

154

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

•

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

•

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 225,965 shares immediately after this offering; and

•

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, may, to the extent not subject to a lock-up agreement, be eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

Registration Rights

As described above in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement,” following the completion of this offering, subject to the lock-up period described above, certain parties to our registration rights agreement will be entitled, subject to certain exceptions, to demand the filing of, and the inclusion of their shares in, registration statements relating to our securities. If this right is exercised, holders of up to shares will be entitled to participate in such a registration. By exercising their registration rights and causing a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market, these holders could cause the price of our common stock to fall. In addition, any demand to include such shares in our registration statements could reduce our ability to raise needed capital through a public offering of common stock.

155

CERTAIN MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of our common stock. This discussion is a summary for general information purposes only and does not consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or to certain types of holders subject to special tax rules, including partnerships, banks, financial institutions or other financial services entities, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, retirement plans, individual retirement accounts or other tax-deferred accounts, persons who use or are required to use “mark to market” accounting, persons that hold shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, a hedge or a conversion transaction, investors in partnerships and other pass-through entities, persons with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar and persons subject to the alternative minimum tax. This discussion also does not address any non-U.S. tax considerations or any U.S. federal non-income, state or local tax considerations. This discussion assumes that holders hold their shares as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This discussion is based on the Code and applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, rulings, administrative pronouncements and decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretation at any time with possible retroactive effect. The authorities on which this discussion is based are subject to various interpretations, and any views expressed within this discussion are not binding on the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, or the courts. No assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the tax consequences described herein.

For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is:

•

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

•

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized, or treated as created or organized, in or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision of the U.S.;

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;

•

a trust (1) if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

•

an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner if all of its interests are owned by a single person described above.

For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership (or other entity or arrangement that is taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

156

EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF OUR STOCK IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE SPECIFIC FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK. THIS SUMMARY OF TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

Dividends

As discussed under the section entitled “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, any such distributions will be taxable as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles).

A U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any dividends received in respect of our common stock at a maximum federal income tax rate of 15% if the U.S. Holder is a non-corporate taxpayer and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied, and a maximum federal income tax rate of 35% otherwise. If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in each such share, and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other disposition of each such share of common stock that is taxed to the U.S. Holders as described below.

Under current law, the 15% maximum federal income tax rate on dividends is scheduled to expire effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, and dividends received in subsequent taxable years are scheduled to be taxed at a maximum federal income tax rate of 39.6%.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A U.S. Holder that sells or otherwise disposes of our common stock in a taxable transaction will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the amount of cash plus the fair market value of property received in exchange for the common stock minus the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any capital gain or loss recognized by the U.S. Holder will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held our common stock for more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition and short-term capital gain or loss otherwise. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate taxpayers are taxable under current law at a maximum federal income tax rate of 15%. Long-term capital gains recognized by corporations and short-term capital gains recognized by corporate and non-corporate taxpayers are taxable under current law at a maximum federal income tax rate of 35%. A U.S. Holder’s ability to use any capital loss to offset other income or gain is subject to certain limitations.

Under current law, the maximum federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains is scheduled to increase to 20% for non-corporate taxpayers for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

Dividends

As with distributions to U.S. Holders, in the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock to any Non-U.S. Holder, any such distributions will

157

be taxable as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). A Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any dividends received in respect of our common stock at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty as discussed below) unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. As discussed below, this tax is generally collected through withholding on the dividend payment to the Non-U.S. Holder.

If a Non-U.S. Holder receives a dividend that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the dividend payment will not be subject to withholding (provided that the certification requirements described below are satisfied). However, the dividends received by the Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business will be subject to tax under current law at a maximum federal income tax rate of 15% if the Non-U.S. Holder is a non-corporate taxpayer and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied, and a maximum federal income tax rate of 35% otherwise. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also be subject to a 30% federal branch profits tax on earnings and profits effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business to the extent that such earnings and profits are not reinvested and maintained in a U.S. business according to the federal branch profits tax rules.

If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in each such share, and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other disposition of each such share of common stock that is taxed to the Non-U.S. Holders as described below.

Under current law, the 15% maximum federal income tax rate on dividends effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business by a non-corporate taxpayer is scheduled to expire effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, and dividends received in subsequent taxable years that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business by a non-corporate taxpayer are scheduled to be taxed at a maximum federal income tax rate of 39.6%.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder that sells or otherwise disposes of our common stock in a taxable transaction generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless:

•

gain resulting from the disposition is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business or, where a relevant tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment; or

•

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, as defined in Section 897 of the Code at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or, if shorter, the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common stock.

In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide (domestic and foreign) real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not a USRPHC on the date hereof and currently do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. Even if we become a USRPHC, gain on the sale or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder generally would not be subject to United

158

States federal income tax provided the common stock was “regularly traded on an established securities market” and such holder did not actually or constructively own more than 5% of such class of common stock during the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (2) such holder’s holding period.

If a Non-U.S. Holder is subject to U.S. federal income taxation upon the disposition of our common stock, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be taxable in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, although a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax on earnings and profits effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business to the extent that such earnings and profits are not reinvested and maintained in a U.S. business according to the federal branch profits tax rules. A Non-U.S. Holder’s ability to use any capital loss to offset other income or gain subject to U.S. federal income taxation is subject to certain limitations.

Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the individual’s taxable year in which the sale or other disposition of our common stock occurs may be subject to a 30 percent tax on the gross amount of the gain on such sale or disposition unless such gain is already subject to tax as effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. In this case, the Non-U.S. Holder’s ability to use other losses to offset the gain on our common stock will be limited.

Income Tax Treaties

If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for treaty benefits under an income tax treaty entered into by the U.S., the Non-U.S. Holder may be able to reduce or eliminate certain of the U.S. federal income taxes discussed above, such as the tax on dividends and the branch profits tax, and the Non-U.S. Holder may be able to treat gain, even if effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, as not subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless the U.S. trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment located in the U.S. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding possible relief under an applicable income tax treaty.

Withholding and Information Reporting

We generally must report annually to the IRS and to you the amount of dividends paid to you and the tax withheld with respect to those dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required, together with other information. We may also be required to comply with information reporting requirements under the Code with respect to proceeds from a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock. Copies of the information returns reporting such information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or other applicable agreements.

A U.S. Holder may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on the gross amount of any dividend or other distribution on our common stock and on the proceeds from a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless the U.S. Holder is exempt from backup withholding and, when required, demonstrates that status, or provides a correct taxpayer identification number on a form acceptable under U.S. Treasury Regulations (generally an IRS Form W-9) and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of any dividend or other distribution on our common stock unless the Non-U.S. Holder

159

qualifies for a reduced rate of withholding or an exemption from withholding under an applicable tax treaty or the dividend or other distribution is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (in which case the dividend or other distribution will be exempt from withholding but the Non-U.S. Holder will nonetheless be liable for any applicable U.S. federal income tax as described above). The Non-U.S. Holder may be required to demonstrate its qualification for a reduced rate of withholding or an exemption from withholding on a form acceptable under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (generally an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI) and otherwise comply with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to backup withholding on the proceeds from a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock effected by or through a broker, unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides certification as described in the Treasury Regulations, that it is not a United States person or otherwise establishes an exemption from withholding on a form acceptable under U.S. Treasury Regulations (generally an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI) or unless the transaction is through a foreign office of a broker who is itself not subject to U.S. information reporting requirements.

The backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or credit against a holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished in a timely manner to the IRS. Holders are advised to consult their tax advisers to ensure compliance with the procedural requirements to reduce or avoid withholding (including backup withholding) or, if applicable, to file a claim for a refund of withheld amounts in excess of the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

160

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, through their representatives Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., have severally agreed to purchase from us the following respective number of shares of common stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:


Underwriters		Number of Shares
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Needham & Company, LLC

Total		6,000,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any of these shares are purchased.

We have been advised by the representatives of the underwriters that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price. The underwriters may allow, and these dealers may re-allow, a concession of not more than $ per share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, representatives of the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 900,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to customary conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of common stock as the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to this option, to sell these additional shares of common stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

161

The underwriting discounts and commissions per share are equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are % of the initial public offering price. We have agreed to pay the underwriters the following discounts and commissions, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:


		Total Fees
	Fee per share	Without Exercise of Over-Allotment Option	With Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option
Discounts and Commissions paid by us	$	$	$

In addition, we estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3.3 million.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some specified types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.

Each of our directors and officers, ABRY Partners, funds affiliated with ABRY Partners, and our other stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock or derivatives of our common stock owned by these persons prior to this offering or common stock issuable upon exercise of options or warrants held by these persons for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. Transfers or dispositions can be made during the lock-up period in the case of gifts or for estate planning purposes where the donee signs a lock-up agreement. We have entered into a similar agreement with the representatives of the underwriters. There are no agreements between the representatives and any of our officers, directors or stockholders releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales, without client authorizations, to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority. The representatives of the underwriters have also informed us that the underwriters intend to deliver all copies of this prospectus via electronic means, via hand delivery or through mail or courier service.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

162

“Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market prior to the completion of the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives of the underwriters have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our common stock. In addition, these purchases, along with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 300,000 shares of our common stock being sold in this offering for our vendors, employees, family members of employees, customers and other third parties. The number of shares of our common stock available for the sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these reserved shares are purchased. Any reserved shares not purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares in this offering.

A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet websites maintained by one or more of the lead underwriters of this offering and may be made available on websites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “HPRT.”

Pricing of this Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the primary factors that will be considered in determining the public offering price are:

•

prevailing market conditions;

•

our results of operations in recent periods;

•

the present stage of our development;

•

the market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies that we and the representatives of the underwriters believe to be comparable to our business; and

•

estimates of our business potential.

Each underwriter intends to comply with all applicable laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it acquires, offers, sells or delivers shares of common stock or has in its possession or distributes the prospectus.

163

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

•

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

•

to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than € 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

•

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

•

in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, “European Economic Area” are Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden and United Kingdom.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters. Each underwriter has represented and agreed that (i) to the extent that it is carrying on business in the United Kingdom, (a) it is a person whose ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business and (b) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell the securities other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or will not otherwise be acting in breach of Section 19 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) or cause us to be in breach of Section 19 of the FSMA; (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in

164

investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the securities in circumstances in which Section 21 (1) and (to the extent that it is a person authorised in the United Kingdom pursuant to Part IV of the FSMA) Section 238(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and (iii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

From time to time, the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates have directly and indirectly engaged, or may engage, in various financial advisory, investment banking and commercial banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received, or may receive, customary compensation, fees and expense reimbursement.

165

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are members of a limited partnership that is an investor in one or more investment funds affiliated with ABRY Partners. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with ABRY Partners and its affiliates in connection with legal matters. Legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of HealthPort, Inc. (Successor) as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2008 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Companion Technologies Corporation (Predecessor) for the period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006 included in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Derrick, Stubbs & Stith, L.L.P., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance on their report given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Smart Holdings Corporation as of September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2006 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of ChartOne, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and for the year then ended included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this document certain information included in the registration statement.

You may read and copy the reports and other information we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. This reference to the SEC’s website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink.

166

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting, proxy and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and as a result will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference room and the website of the SEC referred to above, as well as on our website, www.healthport.com. This reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

167

INDEX TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION


		Page Number
HealthPort, Inc. and Predecessor		F-2

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and September 30, 2009 (unaudited) (Successor)		F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006 (Predecessor), for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 (Successor), and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited) (Successor)		F-6

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006 (Predecessor) and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 (unaudited) (Successor)		F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006 (Predecessor) and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 (Successor), and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited) (Successor)		F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-9

Smart Holdings Corporation		F-55

Report of Independent Auditors		F-57

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2005 and 2006		F-58

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 2004, 2005 and 2006		F-60

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Deficit for the years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006		F-61

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 2004, 2005 and 2006		F-62

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-63

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited)		F-80

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)		F-82

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)		F-83

Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)		F-84

ChartOne, Inc. and Subsidiaries		F-85

Report of Independent Auditors		F-87

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2007		F-88

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007		F-89

Consolidated Statement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the year ended December 31, 2007		F-90

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2007		F-91

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-92

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2008 and 2007 (unaudited)		F-110

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 (unaudited)		F-111

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 (unaudited)		F-112

Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)		F-113

Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 (unaudited)		F-114

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of HealthPort, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance shee

Per Share

Public offering price

Underwriting discounts and commissions

Proceeds, before expenses, to HealthPort, Inc.

HealthPort, Inc. S-1/A